ESIM364 GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ESIM364 GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
ESIM364
GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL
COMPLIES WITH EN 50131-1 GRADE 3, CLASS II REQUIREMENTS
Installation Manual v1.8
Valid for ESIM364 v02.12.00 and up
Safety instructions
Please read and follow these safety guidelines in order to maintain safety of operators and people around:
• GSM alarm & management system ESIM364 (also referenced as “alarm system”, “system” or “device”) has radio transceiver operating in
GSM 850/900/1800/1900 bands.
• DO NOT use the system where it can be interfere with other devices and cause any potential danger.
• DO NOT use the system with medical devices.
• DO NOT use the system in hazardous environment.
• DO NOT expose the system to high humidity, chemical environment or mechanical impacts.
• DO NOT attempt to personally repair the system.
• System label is on the bottom side of the device.
GSM alarm system ESIM364 is a device mounted in limited access areas. Any system repairs must be done only by qualified,
safety aware personnel.
The system must be powered by main 16-24V ~50/60 Hz1.5A max or 18-24V
1,5A max power supply which must be
approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard and be easily accessible nearby the device. When connecting the power supply to the
system, switching the pole terminals places does not have any affect.
Any additional devices linked to the system ESIM364 (computer, sensors, relays etc.) must be approved by LST EN 60950-1
standard.
The power supply can be connected to AC mains only inside installation room with automatic 2-pole circuit breaker capable of disconnecting circuit in the event of short circuit
or over-current condition. Open circuit breaker must have a gap between connections
of more than 3mm (0.12in) and the disconnection current 5A.
Phase
Null
PE
AC/DC
AC 230V
50/60Hz/DC 24V
ESIM364
USB cable
Mains power and backup battery must be disconnected before any installation or tuning work starts. The system installation
or maintenance must not be done during stormy conditions
Backup battery must be connected via the connection which in the case of breaking would result in disconnection of one of
battery pole terminals. Special care must be taken when connecting positive and negative battery terminals. Switching the
pole terminals places is NOT allowed.
In order to avoid fire or explosion hazards the system must be used only with approved backup battery.
The device is fully turned off by disconnecting 2-pole switch off device of the main power supply and disconnecting backup
battery connector.
Fuse F1 type – Slow Blown 3A. Replacement fuses have to be exactly the same as indicated by the manufacturer.
If you use I security class computer for setting the parameters it must be connected to earth.
The WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) marking on this product (see left) or its documentation indicates that the
product must not be disposed of together with household waste. To prevent possible harm to human health and/or the environment, the product must be disposed on in an approved and environmentally safe recycling process. For further information
on how to dispose of this product correctly, contact the system supplier, or the local authority responsible for waste disposal
in your area.
2
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Contents
1. GENERAL INFORMATION..........................................................................................................................................................6
1.1.Functionality.......................................................................................................................................................................................................6
1.2. Compatible Device Overview............................................................................................................................................................................6
1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration........................................................................................................................6
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................................................................13
2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics ...................................................................................................................................................13
2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality..............................................................................................................................14
2.3. Wiring Diagrams...............................................................................................................................................................................................15
3.INSTALLATION........................................................................................................................................................................21
4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................25
5. CONFIGURATION METHODS................................................................................................................................................. 26
5.1. SMS Text Messages......................................................................................................................................................................................... 26
5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad............................................................................................................................................................................................ 26
5.3. EKB3/EKB3W LED Keypad..............................................................................................................................................................................27
5.4. ELDES Configuration Tool Software............................................................................................................................................................. 28
6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE............................................................................................................................... 29
7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE...............................................................................................................................................................31
8. USER PHONE NUMBERS.........................................................................................................................................................32
8.1. User Phone Number Names...........................................................................................................................................................................33
8.2. System Control from any Phone Number.....................................................................................................................................................33
9. DATE AND TIME......................................................................................................................................................................35
9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization.................................................................................................................................................35
10. MASTER AND USER CODES .................................................................................................................................................. 36
10.1. Master and User Code Names....................................................................................................................................................................... 38
11. IBUTTON KEYS...................................................................................................................................................................... 39
11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys............................................................................................................................................................. 39
11.2. iButton Key Names.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 40
12. ARMING AND DISARMING......................................................................................................................................................41
12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call.............................................................................................................................................................................. 41
12.2. SMS Text Message.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 42
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code .......................................................................................................................................................... 43
12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code........................................................................................................................................................... 45
12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/Master Code........................................................................................................................................................ 47
12.6. iButton Key....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 49
12.7. EWK1/EWK2 Wireless Keyfob....................................................................................................................................................................... 50
12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone........................................................................................................................................................................................51
12.9. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications.....................................................................................................................................51
13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY........................................................................................................................................................53
14.ZONES.....................................................................................................................................................................................55
14.1. Zone Numbering...............................................................................................................................................................................................55
14.2. Zone Expansion................................................................................................................................................................................................55
14.3. 6-Zone Mode.....................................................................................................................................................................................................55
14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode..................................................................................................................................................... 56
14.5. Zone Type Definitions.....................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.6. Zone Attributes................................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones...................................................................................................................................................................61
14.8. Zone Names......................................................................................................................................................................................................61
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones ...................................................................................................................................................................... 62
14.10. Viewing Zone State....................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
15. STAY MODE............................................................................................................................................................................ 64
16.TAMPERS................................................................................................................................................................................65
16.1. Tamper Names................................................................................................................................................................................................. 66
17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER .......................................................................................................67
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications................................................................................................................................................ 69
17.2. Audio Files and Introduction audio.............................................................................................................................................................. 70
18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS.......................................................................................................................................71
18.1. PGM Output Numbering..................................................................................................................................................................................71
18.2. PGM Output Expansion....................................................................................................................................................................................71
18.3. PGM Output Names..........................................................................................................................................................................................72
18.4. Enabling and Disabling PGM Outputs............................................................................................................................................................72
18.5. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF.................................................................................................................................................................72
18.6. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler..............................................................................................................................................74
18.7. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................75
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
3
19. WIRELESS DEVICES................................................................................................................................................................76
19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device.....................................................................................................................................77
19.2. Wireless Device Information......................................................................................................................................................................... 78
19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring............................................................................................................................................................... 78
19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost............................................................................................................................. 80
19.5. EKB3W - Wireless LED Keypad...................................................................................................................................................................... 80
19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater................................................................................................................................................................. 82
19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector ......................................................................................................................................... 83
19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module....................................................................................................................... 85
19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket..................................................................................................................................................................... 85
20. WIRED SIREN/BELL............................................................................................................................................................... 87
20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring.................................................................................................................................................................... 88
20.2. Bell Squawk...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 88
20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode.............................................................................................................................................................................. 89
20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators .......................................................................................................................... 90
20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators ..............................................................................................................................91
21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY......................................................................... 92
21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring............................................................................................................................................................... 92
21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring.................................................................................................................................................................... 94
21.3. Memory............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 95
22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING.................................................................................................. 96
22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring............................................................................................................................................................. 96
22.2. GSM Antenna Status Monitoring.................................................................................................................................................................. 97
23.PARTITIONS........................................................................................................................................................................... 98
23.1. Zone Partition.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 98
23.2. User Phone Number Partition....................................................................................................................................................................... 98
23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch........................................................................................................................................... 99
23.4. User/Master Code Partition....................................................................................................................................................................... 100
23.5. iButton Key Partition.................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
23.6. EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A Wireless Keyfob Partition ..................................................................................................................................... 101
24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS................................................................................................................................................... 102
24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Temperature Sensors..................................................................................................... 102
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors......................................................................................................................................... 103
24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS.......................................................................................104
24.4. Temperature Sensor Names........................................................................................................................................................................ 105
25. REMOTE LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION............................................................................................... 107
26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS..................................................................................................................................... 108
26.1. Periodic Info SMS...........................................................................................................................................................................................108
26.2. SMS Forward.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 109
27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS......................................................................................................................................................110
27.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions.................................................................................................................................................. 119
27.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number........................................................................................................................... 119
28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG..................................................................................................................................................... 120
28.1. Event Log........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120
28.2. Alarm Log.........................................................................................................................................................................................................121
29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.........................................................................................................................................122
30. MONITORING STATION........................................................................................................................................................ 124
30.1. Data Messages – Events............................................................................................................................................................................... 125
30.2.Communication.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 131
31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................................................................................143
31.1. Disabled Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................... 143
31.2. Automatic Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................ 143
31.3. Manual Mode.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 143
32. WIRED DEVICES....................................................................................................................................................................145
32.1. RS485 Interface............................................................................................................................................................................................ 145
32.2. 1-Wire Interface............................................................................................................................................................................................. 154
32.3. Modules Interface......................................................................................................................................................................................... 155
33. SERVICE MODE......................................................................................................................................................................157
34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART.................................................................................................................................................157
35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3........................................................................................................................................................... 158
36. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES.......................................................................................................................................................159
37. TECHNICAL SUPPORT ......................................................................................................................................................... 160
37.1.Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................................................ 160
37.2. Restoring Default Parameters.................................................................................................................................................................... 160
37.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally......................................................................................................................................... 160
37.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely............................................................................................................................... 161
37.5. Frequently Asked Questions....................................................................................................................................................................... 161
38. RELATED PRODUCTS........................................................................................................................................................... 164
4
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Limited Liability
The buyer must agree that the system will reduce the risk of fire, theft, burglary or other dangers but does not guarantee against such
events.
“ELDES UAB” will not take any responsibility regarding personal or property or revenue loss while using the system.
“ELDES UAB” liability according to local laws does not exceed value of the purchased system. “ELDES UAB” is not affiliated with any of the
cellular providers therefore is not responsible for the quality of cellular service.
Manufacturer Warranty
The system carries a 24-month warranty by the manufacturer “ELDES UAB”. Warranty period starts from the day the system has been
purchased by the end user. The warranty is valid only if the system has been used as intended, following all guidelines listed in the manual
and within specified operating conditions. Receipt must be kept as a proof of purchase date.
The warranty is voided if the system has been exposed to mechanical impact, chemicals, high humidity, fluids, corrosive and hazardous
environments or other force majeure factors.
Content of Pack
ItemQuantity
1. ESIM364..............................................................1
2. Microphone.........................................................1
3. SMA antenna......................................................2
4. Buzzer..................................................................1
5. Back-up battery connection wire...................1
6. User manual........................................................1
7. Resistors 5,6kΩ..................................................12
8. Resistors 3,3kΩ..................................................6
9. Plastic standoffs................................................4
About Installation Manual
This document describes detailed installation and operation process of alarm system ESIM364. It is very important to read the installation
manual before starting to use the system.
Copyright © “ELDES UAB”, 2015. All rights reserved
It is not allowed to copy and distribute information in this document or pass to a third party without advanced written
authorization by “ELDES UAB”. “ELDES UAB” reserves the right to update or modify this document and/or related products without a warning. Hereby, “ELDES UAB” declares that this GSM alarm and management system ESIM364 is in
compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of
conformity may be consulted at www.eldes.lt
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment.
15.105 statement (for digital devices)
NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/ TV technician for help.
The antennas used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must
not be located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
5
1.GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1. Functionality
ESIM364 – micro-controller based alarm system for houses, cottages, country homes, garages and other buildings, also capable of managing electrical appliances via cellular GSM/GPRS network. It can also be used as Intercom system.
Examples of using the system:
• Property security.
• Alarm switch.
• Thermostat, heating and air-conditioner control, temperature monitoring.
• Lighting, garden watering, water pump and other electrical equipment control via SMS text messages.
• Remote listening to what is happening in the secured area.
• Mains power status notification by SMS text message.
• Two-way intercom device via GSM network.
1.2. Compatible Device Overview
Wired Devices
Description
Device
EKB2
LCD keypad
4*
Max. Connectible Devices
EKB3
LED keypad
4*
EA1
EA2
EPGM1
ELAN3-ALARM
EPGM8
Audio output module with 3,5mm jack
Audio amplifier module 1W 8Ω
16 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module
Ethernet communicator
8 PGM output expansion module
1**
1**
2
1
1**
Device
EW2
EWP2
EWD2
EWK1****
EWK2****
EWS3
EWK2A****
EWS2
EKB3W
EWF1
EWF1CO
Wireless Devices
Description
Wireless 2 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module
Wireless motion detector
Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor
Wireless keyfob with 4 buttons
Wireless keyfob with 4 buttons
Wireless indoor siren
Wireless keyfob with 1 button
Wireless outdoor siren
Wireless LED keypad
Wireless smoke detector
Wireless smoke and CO detector
Max. Connectible Devices
16*****
32***
32***
5***
5***
32***
5***
32***
4***
32***
32***
EWR2
EWM1
Wireless signal repeater
Wireless power socket
4***
32***
* - A mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads is supported. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.
** - Only 1 of these modules can be connected at a time if the module slots are implemented in ESIM364 unit.
*** - A mixed combination of wireless devices is supported. The combination can consist of up to 32 wireless devices in total.
**** - A mixed combination of EWK1, EWK2 and EWK2A keyfobs is supported. The combination can consist of up to 5 keyfobs in total.
***** - EW2 creates 4 wireless zones, therefore the max. number of connectible EW2 devices is 16 if no keypad zones, no EPGM1 and no
virtual zones exist in the system’s configuration.
1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration
Main Settings
Parameter
Default Value
User 1... 10 name
User 1... 10 phone number
User 1... 10 partition
User 1...10 - call in case of alarm
Allow control from any phone number
SMS password
SMS language
Partition 1 name
Partition 2 name
Partition 3 name
N/A
N/A
Partition 1
Enabled
Disabled
0000
Depends on the firmware
PART1
PART2
PART3
6
EN
Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W













Configuration
Tool









MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Partition 4 name
Partition 1... 4 exit delay
GSM signal loss indication - delay
GSM signal loss indication – activate output
Dual SIM management – SIM card switch
Dual SIM management – try to find operator for a
maximum of
Dual SIM management – send SMS/call via
PART4
15 seconds
180 seconds
N/A
Disabled



3 time (s)






Currently in use SIM

Main Settings
Parameter
Default Value
Installer's code
Duress code
SGS code
Passwords/codes format
Prompt additionally for master code when configuring via keypad/software
Master code
Master code name
1470
N/A
N/A
4-digit
Passwords/Codes
Master code partition
User code 2... 30
User code 2... 30 name
User code 2... 30 partition
Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W
Configuration
Tool




















Disabled





1111
N/A
Partition 1, Partition 2, Partition 3, Partition 4
N/A
N/A
Partition 1
Faults
Main power loss
Enabled

Low battery
Enabled

Battery dead or missing
Enabled

Battery failed
Enabled

Siren failed
Enabled

Tamper alarm
Enabled

Date/time not set
Enabled

GSM connection failed
Enabled

GSM antenna failed
Enabled

Wireless antenna failed
Enabled

Keypad lost
Enabled

CO Level Critical
Enabled

Wireless Power Socket Fault
Enabled

Wireless Device Low Battery
Enabled

Notifications
System armed – User 1... 10
Enabled



System armed – SMS delivery report
Enabled



System disarmed – User 1... 10
Enabled



System disarmed – SMS delivery report
Enabled



General alarm – User 1... 10
Enabled



General alarm – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Main power loss/restore – User 1... 10
Enabled



Main power loss/restore – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Battery failed – User 1... 10
Enabled



Battery failed – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Battery dead or missing – User 1... 10
Enabled



Battery dead or missing – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Low battery – User 1... 10
Enabled



Low battery – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Siren fail/restore – User 1... 10
Disabled



Siren fail/restore – SMS delivery report
Disabled



Date/time not set – User 1... 10
Disabled



MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
7
Date/time not set – SMS delivery report
Disabled



GSM connection failed – User 1... 10
Disabled



GSM connection failed – SMS delivery report
Disabled



GSM antenna fail/restore – User 1... 10
Disabled



GSM antenna fail/restore – SMS delivery report
Disabled



Tamper alarm/restore – User 1... 10
Enabled



Tamper alarm/restore – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Keypad loss/restore – User 1... 10
Enabled



Keypad loss/restore – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Temperature info – User 1... 10
Enabled



Temperature info – SMS delivery report
Enabled



System started – User 1... 10
Enabled



System started – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Periodical info – User 1... 10
Enabled



Periodical info – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Wireless signal loss – User 1... 10
Enabled



Wireless signal loss – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Unable to arm – User 1... 10
Enabled



Unable to arm – SMS delivery report
Enabled



Zone bypass - User 1... 10
Enabled



Zone bypass – SMS delivery report
Enabled



CO level critical - User 1... 10
Enabled



CO level critical – SMS delivery report
Enabled



EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore - User 1... 10
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore – SMS delivery
report
Report/Control zone triggered - User 1... 10
Report/Control zone triggered - SMS delivery
report
Send to all users simultaneously – all notifications
Disabled


Disabled


Enabled



Enabled






Time synchronization over GSM network
Disabled
Time Synchronization
Disabled
Phone number of the currently inserted SIM card
N/A
Synchronization frequency
30 days



Event Log
Event log
Enabled

Zones
Parameter
Default Value
Z1... Z6 zone name
Z1 type
Z1... Z6 zone status
Z2... Z6 type
Z1... Z6 delay, ms
Z1... Z6 – Stay
Z1... Z6 – Force
Z1... Z6 Tamper name
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Z1... Z6 partition
Z1... Z6 – Shared
Z1... Z6 – audio track
Z1... Z6 – alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
Tamper 1... 6 status
Z1... Z6 - zone connection type
Delay becomes Instant in STAY mode
Chime
On Board
Zone1... Zone6
Delay
Enabled
Instant
800 milliseconds
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper1... Tamper6
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Enabled
Type 1
Disabled
Enabled
8
EN


Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W




















Configuration
Tool



















MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
ATZ mode
Arm-disarm by zone No1... No4
Disabled
N/A
Zone name
Zone status
Type
Delay, ms
Stay
Force
Tamper name
Delay-type zone – entry delay
Partition
Shared
Audio track
Alarm count to bypass
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
Confirmation Timeout
EPGM1 Module
Zone X
Enabled
Instant
800 milliseconds
Disabled
Disabled
Tamper X
15 seconds
Partition 1
Disabled
N/A
0
N/A
20 seconds
Tamper status
Enabled
Zone connection type for all EPGM1 zones
Type 1




































Wireless Devices
Zone name
Zone X
Zone status






Stay

Enabled
Depends on the connected wireless device
model
Disabled



Force
Disabled



Tamper name
Tamper X
Delay-type zone – entry delay
15 seconds



Partition
Partition 1



Shared
Disabled

Audio track
N/A

Alarm count to bypass
0

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
N/A

Confirmation Timeout
20 seconds

Tamper status
Enabled
Type




Keypads
Zone name
Zone X

Zone status
Disabled

Type




Instant



Stay
Disabled



Force
Disabled



Tamper name
Tamper X
Delay-type zone – entry delay
15 seconds



Partition
Partition 1



Shared
Disabled

Audio track
N/A

Alarm count to bypass
0

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
N/A

Confirmation Timeout
20 seconds

Tamper status
Enabled


Virtual Zones
Zone name
Zone X
Zone status
Disabled


Type
Instant


Force
Disabled


Delay-type zone – entry delay
15 seconds


Partition
Partition 1


Shared
Disabled

Alarm count to bypass
0

MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8

EN
9
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
N/A

Confirmation Timeout
20 seconds

Tamper status
Enabled

PGM Outputs
Parameter
C1... C4 output name
C1... C4 output state
C1... C4 output status
Using module EPGM8
Output name
State
Status
Output name
Type
State
Status
Default Value
On Board

Controll1... Controll4

OFF
Disabled
Disabled
EPGM1 Module

ControllX

OFF
Disabled
Wireless Devices

ControllX
Depends on the connected wireless device model

OFF
Disabled
MS Settings
Parameter
Default Value
MS mode
Account
GSM and SMS – attempts
GSM and SMS – tel. number 1... 3
PSTN – treat PSTN call as user call
PSTN – attempts
PSTN – tel. number 1... 3
CSD – attempts
CSD – tel. number 1... 5
IP Server 1... 3 – IP attempts
Disabled
9999
5
N/A
Disable
5
N/A
5
N/A
3
IP Server 1... 3 – test period
IP Server 1... 3 – protocol
IP Server 1...3 – unit ID
IP Server 1... 3 – communication protocol
IP Server 1... 3 – server IP
IP Server 1... 3 – server port
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key - status
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key
Communication - primary
Communication – backup 1... 5
Delay after last communication attempt
SIA IP protocol settings - encryption
SIA IP protocol settings – encryption key
SIA IP protocol settings – account prefix
SIA IP protocol settings – receiver number
SIA IP protocol settings – Contact ID ping
SIA IP protocol settings – data message
Burglary alarm/restore – code
Burglary alarm/restore – status
Main power loss/restore – code
Main power loss/restore – status
Armed/disarmed by user – code
Armed/disarmed by user – status
Test event – code
10
EN
Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W
Management

















Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W

Configuration
Tool


Configuration
Tool




























180 seconds




UDP
0000
EGR100

0.0.0.0

20000
Disabled
0000
IP Server 1
N/A
600 seconds
Disabled
0000
N/A
N/A
Disabled
Event: 1602, partition: 01, user/zone: 000
Data Messages
130
Enabled
301
Enabled
401
Enabled
602













































MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Test event – status
Battery failed – code
Battery failed – status
Battery dead or missing – code
Battery dead or missing – status
Tamper alarm/restore – code
Tamper alarm/restore – status
Silent zone alarm/restore – code
Silent zone alarm/restore – status
Kronos ping – code
Kronos ping – status
System started – code
System started – status
24H zone alarm/restore – code
24H zone alarm/restore – status
Fire zone alarm/restore – code
Fire zone alarm/restore – status
Low battery – code
Low battery – status
Temperature exceeded – code
Temperature exceeded – status
Temperature fallen – code
Temperature fallen – status
Wireless signal loss/restore – code
Wireless signal loss/restore – status
Disarmed by user (duress code) – code
Disarmed by user (duress code) – status
SGS code entered – code
SGS code entered – status
Armed by user (partial arm) – code
Armed by user (partial arm) – status
Siren fail/restore – code
Siren fail/restore – status
Date/time not set – code
Date/time not set – status
GSM connection failed – code
GSM connection failed – status
GSM antenna fail/restore – code
GSM antenna fail/restore – status
System shutdown – code
System shutdown – status
Keypad fail/restore – code
Keypad fail/restore – status
GPRS connection lost – code
GPRS connection lost – status
Zone bypass – code
Zone bypass – status
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -code
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -status
CO level critical - code
CO level critical - status
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – code
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – status
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – code
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – status
Enabled
309
Enabled
311
Enabled
144
Enabled
146
Enabled
602
Enabled
900
Enabled
133
Enabled
110
Enabled
302
Enabled
158
Enabled
159
Enabled
381
Enabled
121
Enabled
463
Enabled
456
Enabled
321
Disabled
626
Enabled
358
Enabled
359
Disabled
414
Enabled
330
Enabled
354
Enabled
570
Enabled
380
Enabled
162
Enabled
150
Disabled
144
Enabled
Control / Scheduler
Parameter
Default Value
PGM output control 1... 16
Scheduler 1... 16
Additional conditions
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
























































Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W























































Configuration
Tool



EN
11
Peripheral Devices
Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W
Parameter
Default Value
Keypad 1... 4 partition
Partition 1



Show armed status in keypad
Keypad partition switch
EKB3 mode
Disabled
Disabled
2 partitions





Wireless keypads - partition
Partition 1



Wireless keypads – backlight timeout
10 seconds
Wireless keypads – bell
Disabled
EWS2 LED
Enabled
Bell squawk
Disabled
Activate siren if wireless device is lost
Disabled
EWS3 fire alarm LED
Disabled
EWS3 alarm LED
Disabled
Bell squawk enabled if arming in STAY mode
Temperature sensor 1... 8 name
Disabled
Temperature Sensors
N/A

Temperature sensor 1... 8 min. temperature
0
Temperature sensor 1... 8 max. temperature
Primary
Keypads
Configuration
Tool


Siren























0




No.1

Secondary
No.2







iButton key name
N/A
iButton key partition
Partition 1
Allow adding new iButton keys
Disabled








iButton Keys
System
Configurable by:
EKB3/
SMS EKB2
EKB3W
Parameter
Default Value
Mains power loss delay
Management
30 seconds
Mains power restore delay
120 seconds
Alarm duration
1 minute
Wireless channel
Depends on firmware
Periodic test
Every 1 day at 11:00
Microphone level
12
Speaker level
85
Service mode

ELDES Cloud Services
Disabled
ELDES Cloud Services
Disabled


Server address
ss.eldes.lt


Port
8082


Ping period
180 seconds


Time zone
N/A

Communication

SIM1... SIM2 APN
Via GPRS network
GPRS Settings
N/A

SIM1... SIM2 user name
N/A

SIM1... SIM2 password
N/A

DNS1
N/A

DNS2
N/A

12
EN

Configuration
Tool






























MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
2.TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics
Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics
Power supply
16-24V 50/60 Hz ~1.5A max / 18-24V
Current consumption in idle state w/o external devices connected
Up to 80mA
Recommended backup battery voltage, capacity
12V; 1,3-7Ah
Recommended backup battery type
Lead-Acid
Backup battery charge current
Up to 500mA
Backup battery charge duration
Up to 30 hours for 7Ah battery
GSM modem frequency
850/900/1800/1900MHz
Cable type for GSM/GPRS antenna connection
Shielded
Number of zones on-board
6 (ATZ mode: 12)
Nominal zone resistance
5,6kΩ (ATZ Mode: 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ)
Number of PGM outputs on-board
4
1R
OUT
On-board PGM output circuit
1,5A max
Open collector output.
Output is pulled to COM
when turned ON.
Maximum commuting on-board PGM output values
4 x 30V; 500mA
BELL: Siren output when activated
Connected to COM
BELL: Maximum siren output current
1A
BELL: Maximum cable length for siren connection
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
BELL: Cable type for siren connection
Unshielded
AUX: Auxiliary equipment power supply voltage
13,8V DC
AUX: Maximum accumulative current of auxiliary equipment
1,1A
AUX: Maximum cable length for auxiliary equipment connection
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
AUX: Cable type for auxiliary equipment connection
Unshielded
BUZ: Maximum current of mini buzzer
150mA
BUZ: Power supply voltage of buzzer
5V DC
BUZ: Cable type for mini buzzer connection
Unshielded
Supported temperature sensor model
Maxim®/Dallas® DS18S20, DS18B20
Maximum supported number of temperature sensors
8
DATA: Maximum cable length for 1-Wire communication
Up to 30m (98.43ft)
DATA: Cable type for 1-Wire communication
Unshielded
Supported iButton key model
Maxim®/Dallas® DS1990A
Maximum supported number of iButton keys
16
Maximum supported number of keypads
4 x EKB2 / EKB3
Y/G: Maximum cable length for RS485 communication
Up to 100m (328.08ft)
Y/G: Cable type for RS485 communication
Unshielded
MIC: Maximum cable length for microphone connection
Up to 2m (6.56ft)
MIC: Cable type for microphone connection
Unshielded
Wireless band
ISM868 /ISM 915
Wireless communication range
Up to 30m (98.43ft) in premises; up to 150m (492.13ft) in open areas
Maximum supported number of wireless devices
32
Event log size
500 events
Maximum supported number of zones
76
Maximum supported number of PGM outputs
76
Cable type for zone and PGM output connection
Unshielded
Generated PSTN line values
Voltage: 48V; current: 25mA; impedance: 270Ω
Communications
SMS, Voice calls, GPRS network CSD, PSTN, Ethernet via ELAN3-ALARM
Supported protocols
Ademco Contact ID, EGR100, Kronos, Cortex SMS, SIA IP
Dimensions
140x100x18mm (5.51x3.94x0.71in)
Operating temperature range
-20...+55°C (-4... +131°F)
Humidity
0-90% RH @ 0... +40°C (0-90% RH @ +32... +104°F)
(non-condensing)
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
13
2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality
SIM CARD2
OPEN
DEF
1
OPEN
S TA T
C4
C3
C2
C1
SIM CARD1
GSM/GPRS ANT
G SM
MO DE M
3A
FUSE F1
PRG
USB
MODULES
TIP RING
Slots for EA1, EA2 or EPGM8 module
W-LESS ANT
C 4C 3
MODULES*
NE TW
Main Unit Functionality
GSM MODEM
GSM network 850/900/1800/1900MHz
modem
SIM CARD1
Primary SIM card slot / holder
SIM CARD2
Secondary SIM card slot / holder
DEF
Pins for restoring default settings
USB
Mini USB port
FUSE F1
3A fuse
W-LESS ANT
Wireless antenna SMA type connector
GSM/GPRS ANT
GSM/GPRS antenna SMA type connector
AK U +
AK U -
AC /DC
AC /DC
AUX+
AUXBELL+
BELL-
CO M
G
Y
C2
C1
BU Z +
BU Z MIC +
M IC +5V
DAT A
CO M
Z6
CO M
Z5
Z4
CO M
Z3
Z2
CO M
Z1
LED Functionality
NETW
GSM network signal strength
C1
PGM output C1 status - ON/OFF
C2
PGM output C2 status - ON/OFF
C3
PGM output C3 status - ON/OFF
C4
PGM output C4 status - ON/OFF
STAT
Micro-controller status
NETW indication
OFF
Flashing every 3 sec.
Flashing every 1 sec.
Flashing several times per sec.
Steady ON
GSM signal strength
No GSM signal
Poor
Medium
Good
Excellent
Connector Functionality
TIP*
PSTN (landline) terminal
RING*
PSTN (landline) terminal
DATA
1-Wire interface for iButton key and temperature sensor connection
+5V
Temperature sensor power supply terminal (+5V)
MICMicrophone negative terminal
MIC+
Microphone positive terminal
BUZBuzzer negative terminal
BUZ+
Buzzer positive terminal
C1 - C4
PGM output terminals
Z1 - Z6
Security zone terminals
Y
RS485 interface CLOCK terminal (yellow wire)
G
RS485 interface DATA terminal (green wire)
COM
Common return terminal
BELLSiren negative terminal
BELL+
Siren positive terminal
AUXNegative power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
AUX+
Positive power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
AC/DC
Main power supply terminals
AKUBackup battery negative terminal
AKU+
Backup battery positive terminal
* - Optional, implementable on request in advance
14
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
2.3. Wiring Diagrams
2.3.1.General Wiring
2
AKU+
AKU-
Backup Battery
12V 1.3-7Ah
AC /DC
AC /DC
AUX+
AUXBELL+
BELLCO M
G
Y
C2
C1
BUZ+
BUZMIC +
MIC +5V
DATA
CO M
Z6
CO M
Z5
Z4
CO M
Z3
Z2
CO M
Z1
Metal cabinet
PE terminal
Fuse 500 mA
~16-24V
~230V 50/60Hz
Z6
Z5
Z4
Z3
Z2
Z1
BUZ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
MIC
SIREN/BELL
EPGM1
1A max.
iButton®
key reader
Relay
module
EKB3
Temperature sensor
EKB2
ELAN3-ALARM
2.3.2. Zone Connection Types
Type 1 Example of 4-wire smoke detector wiring
AUX+
C1
COM
Z1
3
5,6 kΩ
6-Zone mode: Normally open contact
with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor.
COM
GND
NO
+Vin
Example of magnetic door contact wiring
6-Zone mode: Normally closed contact
with 5,6KΩ end-ofline resistor
COM
Z1
4
5,6 kΩ
Type 2
COM
NC
Magnet
NOTE: Based on the example given, in the event of an alarm, the smoke detector could be reset by turning OFF and ON the PGM output
C1. For more details, please refer to 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
15
NOTE: The system does NOT support 2-wire smoke detectors.
Type 3
AUX+
AUX-
COM
Z1
5
Example of motion detector wiring
6-Zone mode: Tamper
and 5,6KΩ end-of-line
resistor and 3,3KΩ
end-of-line resistor
with normally closed
contact.
COM
5,6 kΩ
3,3 kΩ
GND
NC
+Vin
TAMP
Type 4
AUX+
AUX-
3,3 kΩ
ATZ mode: 5,6KΩ
end-of-line resistor
and normally closed
contact with 3,3KΩ
end-of-line resistor
and normally closed
contact
5,6 kΩ
COM
Z1
6
Example of magnetic door contact (Z1) and glass break sensor (Z7) wiring
NC
COM
Magnet
Type 5
GND
NC
+Vin
Example of motion detector (Z1) and magnetic door contact (Z7) wiring
AUX+
AUX-
COM
Z1
7
COM
ATZ mode: Tamper,
5,6KΩ end-of-line
resistor, 5,6KΩ
end-of-line resistor
with normally closed
contact and 3,3KΩ
end-of-line resistor
with normally closed
contact.
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
3,3 kΩ
NC
COM
Magnet
COM
NC
TAMP
GND
+Vin
See also 14.3. 6-Zone Mode and 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode.
16
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
2.3.3. Siren
Piezo siren
BELL+
BELL-
8
1 Connect positive siren wire (red) to BELL+ terminal.
2 Connect negative siren wire (black) to BELLterminal.
BLACK SIREN/BELL
1A max.
RED +
Self-contained siren
BELL+
BELLCOM
9
1 Connect negative GND siren wire to COM terminal.
2Controlling BELL siren wire must be connected
to BELL- terminal.
GND
3 Connect positive +12V siren wire to BELL+ terminal.
BELL
SIREN/BELL
1A max.
+12V
Siren status monitoring
BELL+
BELL-
10
BLACK SIREN/BELL
1A max.
3,3kΩ
3,3kΩ
By default, the system monitors siren status and
indicates system fault on the keypad if the siren
is broken/disconnected. However, this feature requires a pair of 3,3kΩ nominal resistors connected
in parallel across BELL+ and BELL- terminals.
RED +
BELL+
BELL-
11
No siren status monitoring
If the siren status monitoring feature is not required, do not connect any resistor in parallel and
disable siren fault indication on the keypad (see 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
BLACK SIREN/BELL
1A max.
RED +
See also 20. SIREN/BELL.
NOTE: BELL- is the commuted terminal intended for siren control.
NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals. The resistance must be ranging from
1kΩ through 3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic
Management feature available on ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
17
2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer
-
white
brown
Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas
DS1990A
BUZ+
BUZ-
DATA
COM
12
The iButton key reader can be installed with buzzer
or separately. The buzzer is intended for audio indication of exit/entry delay countdown providing
short beeps.
+ BUZZER
1 Connect iButton key reader brown and white
wires to 1-Wire interface: COM and DATA terminals respectively.
2 Connect buzzer‘s negative terminal wire to BUZand positive terminal wire to BUZ+.
iButton
key reader
DS1990A
NOTE: The installation of buzzer is not necessary if EKB2/EKB3 keypad is used.
ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m (98.43ft) max.
2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader
Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas DS1990A
Supported temperature sensor model: Maxim/Dallas DS18S20, DS18B20
1 Depending on the model, connect temperature sensor GND/black wire, DATA/yellow
wire, +5V/red wire terminals to 1-Wire interface: COM, DATA and +5V terminals respectively.
2 When connecting iButton key reader in parallel to temperature sensor, connect iButton
key rea­der terminal wires to COM and DATA
terminals respectively.
GND
+5V
DATA
white
brown
DATA +5V
red
Temperature
sensor
DS18S20
+5V
Temperature sensor
DS18S20
GND
black
yellow
DATA
GND
+5V
DATA
COM
+5V
DATA
COM
+5V
DATA
COM
13
iButton
key reader
DS1990A
Digital thermometer
with 3m (9.84ft) wire
Vinson DS18B20
ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m
(98.43ft) max.
2.3.6. Relay Finder 40.61.9.12 with Terminal Socket 95.85.3 to PGM Output
Example of relay wiring for negative PGM output control
AUX+
C1
14
1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output Cx and
A2 terminal to AUX+.
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.
COIL
A1
A2
RELAY
NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.
18
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Example of relay wiring for positive PGM output control
AUX+
C1
15
1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output‘s Cx
terminal and A2 terminal to AUX+ and one of
the relay‘s switch contacts: NC or NO.
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to relay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.
COIL
A1
A2
RELAY
NOTE: We highly recommend using switching diode model 1N4148 or similar.
2.3.7. RS485
Serial Wiring Method
ESIM364
a
EKB2/EKB3
b
EKB2/EKB3
c
EKB2/EKB3
d
EKB2/EKB3
e
EPGM1
Max. cable length: a+b+c+d+e+f+g= up to 100m (328.08ft)
f
EPGM1
g
ELAN3-ALARM
ATTENTION: The cable length must not exceed 100m (328.08ft) in total.
ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1
module is different.
NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals
NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of
up to 4 keypads in total.
For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
19
Parallel Wiring Method
ESIM364
Max. cable length: up to 100m (328.08ft)
EPGM1
EPGM1
EKB2/EKB3
EKB2/EKB3
EKB2/EKB3
ELAN3-ALARM
EKB2/EKB3
ATTENTION: The cable between ESIM364 and each RS485 device must be of the same length and can NOT exceed 100m (328.08ft).
ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1
module is different.
NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals
NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of
up to 4 keypads in total.
For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface
2.3.8. RING/TIP
16
to PSTN
(landline)
RING
TIP
20
EN
ESIM364
ATTENTION: The TIP/RING connectors and PSTN module
are NOT included in a standard ESIM364 alarm system unit.
These components are op­tional and can be implemented on
request in advance.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
3.INSTALLATION
When professional installation, OEM integration or assembly by a third-party is expected, the installation instructions and assembly requirements approved for equipment approval must be provided to the integrators to clearly identify the specific requirements necessary
to maintain RF exposure compliance. The grantee of a transmitter, typically the manufacturer, is responsible for ensuring installers and
integrators have a clear understanding of the compliance requirements by including the required instructions and documentation with
the product and, if necessary, to provide further support to fulfil grantee responsibilities for ensuring compliance. The integrators must
be fully informed of their obligations and verify the resolution of any issues and concerns with each transmitter manufacturer or grantee.
• The system can be installed in a metal or non-flammable cabinet only. For a convenient installation, ME1 metal cabinet is highly recommended. The metal cabinet must always be grounded as well as ESIM364 system’s PCB by connecting one of the COM terminals to the
PE contact of the metal cabinet.
• For the connection of 230V transformer, use 3x0.75 mm2 1 thread double isolated cable. 230V power supply cables must not be
grouped with low voltage cable group.
• For the connection of auxiliary and BELL outputs, use 2x0.75 mm2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
• For the connection of zone/PGM output connectors, use 0.50 mm2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
System Installation in ME1 Metal Cabinet
1. ME1 metal cabinet components
17
to AC main power line
Null
blue
PE
Phase
brown
Fuse 1A
Transformer
(Primary voltage: 230V AC,
Secondary voltage: 17V
2,35A)
Tamper switch
to AC/DC terminals
of ESIM364 system
2. Insert the plastic standoffs into the appropriate mounting points and fix the board of ESIM364 on the holders as indicated below.
18
mounting points
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
21
19
7
3. If EPGM1 module is to be installed, please install it in the first place and ESIM364 alarm system afterwards. EPGM1 must be mounted on
the shorter plastic standoffs, while ESIM364 – on the longer ones. The mounting points of EPGM1 module are indicated below.
20
mounting
points*
* The standard ME1 metal cabinet does NOT contain the mounting points intended for EPGM1 module mounting, therefore it will be
necessary to drill out the mounting points by yourself.
22
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
21
22
7
4. Wire up the accessories, such as keypads, zone and PGM output expansion modules, ELAN3-ALARM module, temperature sensors,
according to the wiring diagrams. Install the buzzer closer to iButton key reader in order to hear the exit delay countdown (see 2.3
Wiring Diagrams for more details).
5. Disable the PIN code of the SIM card by inserting it into a mobile phone and following the proper menu steps. Ensure that the additional services, such as voice mail, call forwarding, report on missed/busy calls (“call catcher”) are disabled on the SIM card. For
more details on how to disable these services, please contact your GSM operator.
6. Once the PIN code is disabled, place the SIM card into the SIM CARD1 slot of the alarm system. If Dual-SIM feature is to be used, insert
another SIM card into the SIM CARD2 slot. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL-SIM MANAGEMENT.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
23
25
24
23
OPEN
Inserting a SIM card into SIM
CARD1 slot is mandatory as it is
the main SIM card slot, while using a SIM card in SIM CARD2 slot is
optional.
27
26
OPEN
7. Connect the GSM/GPRS and wireless antennas and follow the recommendations for the installation:
Never install in the following
locations:
28
GSM/
GPRS
and/or
wireless
antenna
29
• inside the metal cabinet
• closer than 20cm (7.87in)
from the metal surface and/or
power lines
Recommended installation:
20cm (7.87in)
or more
GSM/GPRS
antenna
• keep the distance of at least
20cm (7.87in) or more.
Wireless
antenna
8. If one or more wireless devices are to be paired, follow the recommendations for the installation to achieve the strongest wireless
signal:
Never install in the following
locations:
30
• inside the metal cabinet
Wireless
device
• closer than 20cm (7.87in)
from the metal surface and/or
power lines
31
Recommended installation:
0.5 m to 30 m
(1.64 to 98.43ft)
inside the building
0.5 m to 150 m
(1.64 to 492.13ft)
in open areas
Wireless
device
Wireless
antenna
• face the front side of the
wireless device towards the
antenna
• keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m
(1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the
building, 0,5 to 150m (1.64 to
492.13ft) in open areas
For more details on how to install the wireless devices, please refer to RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION
manual and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldes.lt/download
9. Power up the system and wait until indicator STAT lights up (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality).
10. Indicator STAT should be flashing indicating successful micro-controller operation.
11. The illuminated indicator NETW indicates that the system successfully registered to GSM network. To find the strongest GSM signal,
place the GSM/GPRS antenna and follow the indications provided by NETW indicator (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality).
12. Change the default SMS password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE for more details).
13. Set the phone number for User 1 (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for more details).
14. Set system date and time (see 9. DATE AND TIME for more details).
15. Once the system is fully configured, it is ready for use. However, if you fail to receive an SMS reply from the system, please check the
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) phone number. For more details regarding the SMS centre phone number, please refer to 27.1.
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number.
16. If it is required to change the batteries for the wireless devices or carry out other system maintenance tasks, please activate the
Service mode. For more detail regarding this mode, please refer to 33. SERVICE MODE.
24
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
ATTENTION: The system is NOT compatible with pure 3G SIM cards. Only 2G/GSM SIM cards and 3G SIM cards with 2G/GSM profile enabled
are supported. For more details, please contact your GSM operator.
NOTE: The installation of iButton key reader, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad, EWK1 wireless keyfob is not mandatory. However, it is recommended to have those devices installed as an emergency switch in case your mobile phone is switched off or missing.
NOTE: For maximum system reliability we recommend you do NOT use a Pay As You Go SIM card. Otherwise, in the event of insufficient
credit balance on the SIM card, the system would fail to make a phone call or send messages.
NOTE: We advise you to choose the same GSM SIM provider for your system as for your mobile phone. This will ensure the fastest, most
reliable SMS text message delivery service and phone call connection.
NOTE: Even though alarm system ESIM364 installation process is not too complicated, we still recommend to perform it by a person
with basic knowledge in electrical engineering and electronics to avoid any system damage.
4.GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION
When the system is being armed, it will initiate the exit delay countdown intended for the user to leave the secured area. During the count­
down period the buzzer will emit short beeps. By default, exit delay duration is 15 seconds. After the countdown is complete, the system
will become armed and lock the configuration by keypad possibility. In case the user does not leave the secured area before the countdown
is complete, the system will Stay-arm if at least 1 zone has Stay attribute enabled. By default, if there is at least 1 violated zone or tamper,
the user will not be able to arm the system until the violated zone or tamper is restored. In case it is required to arm the alarm system despite the violated zone presence, the violated zone can be bypassed or Force attribute enabled.
After the system is armed and if a zone (depending on type) or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm lasting for 1 minute (by
default), During the alarm, the siren/bell will provide an alarm sound along with the buzzers of the keypads. By default, the system will
also makes a phone call and send an SMS text message containing the violated zone or tamper number to a listed user phone number and
indicate the violated zone or tamper number on the keypad. If another zone or tamper is violated or the same one is restored and violated
again during the alarm, the system will act as mentioned previously, but will not extend the alarm time.
After the user enters the secured area, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown intended for system disarming. During the countdown period, the buzzer will emit a steady beep. By default, entry delay duration is 15 seconds. After the user successfully performs the
disarming process, the system will unlock the keypads. If the user does not disarm the system in time, the alarm system will cause an
instant alarm.
NOTE: The alarm will be caused even if a tamper is violated while the system is disarmed.
For more details, please refer to 12. ARMING AND DISARMING.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
25
5.CONFIGURATION METHODS
!!! In this installation manual the underscore character ”_” represents one space character. Every underscore character must
be replaced by a single space character. There must be no spaces or other unnecessary characters at the beginning and at
the end of the SMS text message.
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following features:
• All codes and passwords must consist of 6 digits.
• The system must prompt for master (see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES) and installer (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE) codes when configuring the system by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W keypad or ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3
5.1. SMS Text Messages
In order to configure and control the system by SMS text message, send the text command to the ESIM364 system phone
number from one of the listed user phone numbers. The structure of SMS text message consists of 4-digit SMS password
(the default SMS password is 0000 – four zeros), the parameter and value. For some parameters the value does not apply e. g.
STATUS. The variables are indicated in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is indicated in brackets.
SMS
NOTE: By default the SMS password is 0000, which is necessary to change. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be necessary
to extend the SMS password by adding 2 extra digits using ELDES Configuration Tool software.
5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad
The system configuration and control by EKB2 keypad is carried out by navigating throughout the menu section list displayed
on LCD screen. To navigate in the menu path, touch ↓, ↑ keys to select the desired menu section and touch OK key to open the
selected section. To enter a required value, use 0... 9 keys and touch OK key for confirmation or cancel/go one menu section
back by touching ← key. The value can be typed in directly by touching 0... 9 keys while highlighting the desired menu section.
EKB2 menu type is “circle”, therefore when the last section in the menu list is selected, you will be brought back to the beginning of the list after touching the ↓ key. In this installation manual, the menu path is based on the EKB2 menu tree by starting
at home screen view (see 32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree and 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree). The variables are
provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.
EKB2
Activate
Configuration mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB2
Return to home screen view
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Activate
Configuration mode
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmmmm → OK → CONIFGURATION → OK → iiiiii → OK
Value: mmmmmm - 6-digit master code; iiiiii - 6-digit installer code.
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB2
Return to home screen view
NOTE: By default, menu section CONFIGURATION is secured with installer code. The default installer code is 1470, while the default master
code is 1111. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be necessary to extend the installer code, master code and user code by adding 2 extra digits using ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the menu section
icon.
CONFIGURATION is opened. The inactive EKB2 keypads will display
NOTE: The keypad will automatically exit the menu section CONFIGURATION and return to home screen view if 1 minute after the last
key-touch expires.
26
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
5.3. EKB3/EKB3W LED Keypad
EKB3/
EKB3W
The system configuration and control by EKB3/EKB3W keypad is carried out by activating the Configuration mode using the
installer code (by default – installer code is 1470) and entering a valid configuration command using the number keys [0]...
[9], [#] key for confirmation and [*] key to clear the characters that have been entered. Alternatively, the user can wait for
10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will provide a long beep indicating that the entered characters have been cleared. When
typing in the characters, the indication of each pressed key is provided by short beep of keypad buzzer and red indicators when
the number keys [0]... [9] are being pressed. Some commands require [STAY], [BYPS], [INST] and [CODE] keys as well. The
structure of a standard configuration command is a combination of digits. The commands, which do not require the Configuration mode being activated, are noted. The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range
is provided in brackets.
NOTE: If you have accidentally typed in an unnecessary character, please press [*] key or wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will
provide a long beep indicating that the typed in characters have been cleared.
NOTE for EKB3W: Even if Back-light Timeout has expired, the character will be considered as type in once the appropriate EKB3W key is
pressed. For more details, please refer to 19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.
Activate/deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enter installer code:
[INST] iiii #
Value: iiii– 4-digit installer code.
Example: INST1470#
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Activate
Configuration mode
EKB3/
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
Deactivate
Configuration mode
EKB3/
EKB3W
EKB3W
Enter installer and master codes:
[INST] iiiiii mmmmmm #
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code; mmmmmm - 6-digit master code.
Example: INST147000111111#
Enter installer code:
[INST] iiiiii #
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code.
Example: INST147000#
The following table provides a list of EKB3/EKB3W indications, which are relevant during Configuration mode.
Indication
Indicator ARMED flashing
Indicator SYSTEM flashing
1 long beep
3 short beeps
Description
Configuration mode activated successfully.
Valid parameter is entered and waiting for valid value to be entered.
Non-existing command or invalid parameter value entered.
Command entered successfully.
NOTE: The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be necessary to extend the installer code, master code and user code by adding 2 extra digits using ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the Configuration mode is activated.
NOTE: Configuration mode will automatically deactivate if 1 minute after the last key-stroke expires.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
27
5.4. ELDES Configuration Tool Software
Config
Tool
Software ELDES Configuration Tool is intended for ESIM364 alarm system configuration locally via USB port or remotely via
GPRS network or Ethernet connection (ELAN3-ALARM device required). This software simplifies system configuration process
by allowing to use a personal computer in the process. Before starting to use ELDES Configuration Tool software, please read
the user guide provided in the software’s HELP section.
5.4.1. Remote Connection
ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while configuring the system remotely via GPRS network or
Ethernet connection. However, during the remote connection session, the data messages are queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the configuration session is over.
ATTENTION: When the Configuration mode is activated by EKB3/EKB3W keypad or when menu section CONFIGURATION is opened by
the installer using EKB2 keypad, remote system configuration is disabled.
ATTENTION: The keypad (-s) become inactive while the system is being configured remotely.
ELDES Configuration Tool software provides remote system configuration ability via Internet using one of the following methods:
• ELDES proxy server (recommended). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3ALARM communicator.
• Running TCP/IP server on ELDES Configuration Tool (advanced). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or
Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
• Direct connection via Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
In order to start using the remote configuration feature, please run the step-by-step wizard and follow the steps provided in the start page
of ELDES Configuration Tool software. Please, note that based on the selected method, it might be necessary to send an SMS text message
to the system’s phone number in order to initiate the remote connection. By following the steps you will be instructed on what text must
be sent to the system’s phone number in such case.
5.4.2. Ending the Remote Connection Session
After the remote system configuration is complete, use one of the following methods to end the configuration process:
• Click Disconnect or Stop button and close ELDES Configuration Tool software.
• The session will automatically expire in 20 minutes. Before the last 5 minutes, the software will offer the user to extend the session
for another 20 minutes.
• Alternatively, the connection with the server can be terminated at any time by sending an SMS text message.
Terminate the
connection with server
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_ENDCONFIG
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_ENDCONFIG
Once the session is expired or terminated, the system will reply with an SMS text message confirming the end of the session.
28
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
6.SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE
For security reasons, the system uses the following type of password and code:
SMS password – 4-digit password used for system arming/disarming and configuration by SMS text messages. By default, SMS password is
0000, which MUST be changed!. SMS password is authorized to carry out the following:
•
Access system configuration by SMS text messages.
•
Arm/disarm partition.
•
Activate/deactivate service mode.
•
Set system date and time.
•
Add/remove user phone numbers.
•
Set SMS password.
•
Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
•
Restart system remotely.
Installer code – 4-digit password used for system configuration by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software. By
default, installer code is 1470, which is highly recommended to change. Installer code is authorized to carry out the following:
•
Access system configuration by keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
Set installer code.
•
Set master code.
•
Activate/deactivate service mode.
•
Set system date and time.
•
Add/remove user phone numbers.
•
Set SMS password.
•
Restore system configuration to default.
•
Clear tamper fault (if enabled).
Set SMS password
SMS
EKB2
Enter parameter 14 and new SMS password:
14 ssss #
Value: ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].
Example: 141111#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → 1470 → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INSTALLER CODE → OK → iiii → OK
Value: iii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].
EKB3/
EKB3W
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SMS PASSWORD → OK → ssss → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].
EKB3W
EKB3/
Set installer code
SMS text message content:
wwww_PSW_ssss
Value: wwww – 4-digit existing SMS password; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –
[0001... 9999].
Example: 0000_PSW_1111
Enter parameter 16 and new installer code:
16 iiii #
Value: iii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].
Example: 162538#
EN
29
Config
Tool
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following features:
• All codes and passwords must consist of 6 digits.
• The system must prompt for master (see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES) and installer (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE) codes when configuring the system by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W keypad or ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3.
30
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
7.SYSTEM LANGUAGE
The system comes equipped with a single language for communication with the user by SMS text messages and EKB2 keypad menu display.
The system language depends on ESIM364 firmware, which is based on the user’s location.
List of currently available system languages (firmwares):
• Czech
• English
• Estonian
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Greek
• Hungarian
• Italian
• Latvian
• Lithuanian
• Polish
• Portuguese
• Romanian
• Russian
• Slovak
• Spanish
NOTE: To obtain a firmware that features a different SMS and EKB2 menu language, please contact your local dealer.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
31
8.USER PHONE NUMBERS
The system supports up to 10 user phone numbers identified as User 1 through 10. When the phone number is set, the user will be able to
arm/disarm the system by SMS text messages and free of charge phone calls (see 12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call and 12.2. SMS Text
Message) as well as to configure the system by SMS text messages. User phone numbers are also used to receive alarm phone calls via
GSM connection and SMS text messages from the system (see 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER).
By default, the system accepts incoming calls and SMS text messages from any phone number. Once a user phone number is listed, the
system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages
containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number (see 8.2. System Control from any Phone Number).
To set User 1 phone number is mandatory, while the other 9 are optional. The supported phone number formats are the following:
•
International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when
setting up the phone number by SMS text message and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when set­
ting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/ EKB3/EKB3W
keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Add user phone
number
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
View user phone
number
32
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_NRup:ttteeellnnuumm
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [1... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
Example: 1111_NR1:+44170911XXXX1
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
Enter parameter 17, user phone number slot and phone number:
17 up ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user
phone number.
Example: 17010044170911XXXX1#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_HELPNR
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_HELPNR
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Delete user phone
number
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_NRup:DEL
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [2... 10].
Example: 1111_NR2:DEL
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 2... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: NEVER add a phone number of the device’s SIM card as a user phone number!
ATTENTION: Once User 1 phone number is set, it will be restricted to modify it only.
NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be set by a single SMS text message,
Example: 1111_NR1:+44170911XXXX1_ NR2:+44170911XXXX2_NR6:0170911XXXX3_NR10:+44170911XXXX4
NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be deleted by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_NR2:DEL_NR3:DEL_NR6:DEL_NR9:DEL_
NR:10:DEL
8.1. User Phone Number Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by free of charge phone call or SMS text message, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number that the system arming/disarming was initiated from. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition
separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user phone number.
Manage user phone
number name
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
8.2. System Control from any Phone Number
By default, once a user phone number is listed, the system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone
number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number. To permit/deny
system arming/disarming by phone call and SMS text message that contain a valid SMS password, configuration by SMS text message that
contain a valid SMS password from any phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable system control
from any phone
number
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_STR:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STR:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:
12 1 #
Example: 121#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Due to security reasons it is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED to enable this feature.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
33
Disable system
control from any
phone number
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_STR:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STR:OFF
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
34
EN
Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:
12 0 #
Example: 120#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
9.DATE AND TIME
The system comes equipped with internal real-time clock (RTC) that keeps track of the current date and time. Once the system is up and
running, the user must set the correct date and time, otherwise the system will not operate properly. By default, after shutting down and
starting up the system, the date and time must be set again.
Set date and time
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_yyyy.mt.dd_hr:mn
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range
– [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_2014.03.16_14:33
Menu path:
a) OK → uumm → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK
b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd
hr:mn → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day,
range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59]; iiii – 4-digit
installer code.
Enter parameter 66, date and time:
66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#
Value: yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range
– [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 66201405291235#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: When the system is connected to the monitoring station via IP connection (see 30. MONITORING STATION) and/or when ELDES
Cloud Services feature is in use (see 36. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES), the date and time will be automatically synchronized with the monitoring
station or ELDES Cloud Services server upon the system startup.
9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization
This feature enables the system to set the date and time automatically without the user being involved in this process. The system supports the following methods of automatic date and time synchronization that are used automatically on system start-up and periodically
(by default – every 30 days):
•
Via GSM network – Once enabled, the system automatically sends a date/time request to the GSM operator. This method is the
most accurate synchronization method. Some GSM operators might not support it.
•
By SMS text message – Once enabled, the system automatically sends the SMS text message to its own phone number and retrieves the date and time from the SMS text message reply, as the included date and time is set by the SMSC (SMS center). This
method is not as accurate as the synchronization via GSM network, but always effective.
By default, synchronization via GSM network is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization via GSM network,
please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable/disable
synchronization via
GSM network
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, synchronization by SMS text message is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization by SMS text message, please enter/remove device phone number using one of the following configuration methods.
Enter/remove device
phone number for
synchronization by
SMS text message
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
35
10.MASTER AND USER CODES
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before user and master code management using master
code.
The system supports up to 30 numeric codes, identified as Master code and User code 2 through 30, allowing to carry out system arming/
disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.
Master code is authorized to carry out the following:
•
Arm/disarm partition.
•
Bypass violated zones.
•
View violated zones and tampers.
•
View system faults.
•
Set system date and time.
•
View temperature sensor information.
•
View event log,
•
View and clear alarm log,
•
Set/delete user codes.
•
Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
•
Assign an existing user code as Duress code.
•
Assign an existing user code as SGS code.
User code is authorized to carry out the following:
•
Arm/disarm partition.
•
Bypass violated zones.
•
View violated zones and tampers.
•
View system faults.
•
Set system date and time.
•
View temperature sensor information.
•
View and clear alarm log.
By default, only Master code is listed as 1111 and assigned to Partition 1, 2, 3 and 4. For more details regarding User/Master code partition,
please refer to 23.4. User/Master Code Partition.
Set master code
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Menu path:
a) OK → vvvv → OK → CODES→ OK → MASTER CODE → OK → CODE → OK → mmmm → OK
b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → MASTER CODE → mmmm → OK
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code, range – [0000... 9999]; iiii – 4-digit installer code;
mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range – [0000... 9999].
a) Press [CODE], [0], enter existing master code and new master code:
[CODE] [0] vvvv 01 mmmm #
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range [0000... 9999].
Example: CODE01111012222#
b) Enter parameter 63, existing master code and new master code:
63 vvvv mmmm #
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –
[0000... 9999].
Example: 6311112222#
Config
Tool
36
EN
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Set user code
EKB2
EKB3W
Press [CODE], [0], enter master code, user code slot and user code:
[CODE] [0] mmmm us uuuuu #
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; uuuu - 4-digit user
code, range - [0000... 9999].
Example: CODE01111092556#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → REMOVE CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code.
EKB3/
Delete user code
Menu path:
User code 2... 16: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-16) → OK → USER CODE
2... 16 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
User code 17... 30: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (17-30) → OK → USER
CODE 17... 30 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code, range – [0000... 9999].
EKB3W
Press [CODE], [0], enter master code and user code slot:
[CODE] [0] mmmm us #
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30].
Example: CODE0111109#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
NOTE: The system does not allow to set a duplicate code.
The user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as SGS (Security Guard Service) code, which is used as a checkpoint by a
security service guard upon his/her visit in the secured location. When used, a data message, containing a certain event code, will be delivered to the monitoring station. However, NO system arming or disarming will be carried out after entering the SGS code.
Set SGS code
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → SGS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – SGS code not in use.
EKB3W
Press [CODE], [4], enter user code slot and enter master code:
[CODE] [4] us mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: CODE4041111#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
The Duress code is used when system arming or disarming is demanded by force. When used, the system will arm/disarm as well as it will
silently transmit an alert to the monitoring station. Only one of the user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as Duress code.
Set Duress code
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → DURESS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – Duress code not in use.
Press [CODE], [3], enter user code slot and master code:
[CODE] [3] us mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: CODE3081111#
EN
37
Config
Tool
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following features:
•
All codes and passwords must consist of 6 digits.
•
The system must prompt for master (see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES) and installer (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE) codes when configuring the system by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W keypad or ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3.
10.1. Master and User Code Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by entering a master or user code using a keypad, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the keypad and user/master code. The SMS text message is sent regarding
each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user/master code.
Manage user/master
code name
38
EN
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
11.IBUTTON KEYS
An iButton key is a unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder.
ESIM364 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.
11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys
NOTE: iButton Key 1 can be added without Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode being enabled.
To add an iButton key to the system, do the following:
a) Disarm the system in all partitions (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).
b) Enable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.
c) Touch the key to the iButton key reader when the system is disarmed.
32
d) The successfully added iButton key will be indicated by short beeps emitted by the system’s buzzer.
e) Add as many iButton keys as necessary – touch one key after another to the reader – until the number of 16 keys is reached.
Enable Allow Adding
New iButton Keys
mode
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_IBPROG:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_IBPROG:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:
18 0 #
Example: 180#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
When adding of iButton keys is complete, please disable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
39
Disable Allow Adding
New iButton Keys
mode
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_IBPROG:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_IBPROG:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:
18 1 #
Example: 181#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To view the ID of the added iButton keys, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View iButton key ID
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK → ID
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
If the iButton key is lost or stolen, due to security reasons it is highly recommended to remove it from the system.
Remove individual
iButton key from the
system
Remove all iButton
keys from the system
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK →
REMOVE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_RESETIB
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_RESETIB
11.2. iButton Key Names
When the system is armed or disarmed by iButton key, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to listed user phone number,
sharing the same partition (-s) as the key. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and
partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the iButton key.
Manage iButton key
name
40
EN
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
12.ARMING AND DISARMING
The system features the following methods to carry out arming and disarming process:
•
Free of charge phone call.
•
SMS text message.
•
EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and user/master code.
•
iButton key.
•
EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob.
•
Arm-Disarm by Zone.
•
EGR100 middle-ware.
•
ELDES Cloud Services platform
The system arms/disarms the partitions the listed user phone number, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK1/
EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob or zone, set up for Arm-Disarm by Zone method, are assigned to. For example, if User 1 phone number is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4 by a single phone call to the system (see 23. PARTITIONS).
By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message. For more details on SMS
text message regarding system arming/disarming and how to manage it, please refer to 12.9. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm
Notifications.
By default, it is allowed to arm the system while the following system faults are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS):
•
Mains power is lost.
•
Low battery.
•
Battery dead or missing.
•
Battery failed.
•
Siren failed.
•
Date/time not set.
•
GSM connection failed.
•
GSM/GPRS antenna failed.
•
Wireless antenna failed.
•
Keypad lost.
NOTE: When the system is configured to operate in accordance with EN 50131-1 Grade 3 requirements, the aforementioned system faults,
including tamper alarm, will prevent the system from arming when present.
In case of violated zone/tamper presence when attempting to arm the system by free of charge phone call, SMS text message, iButton key
and Arm-Disarm by Zone method, the system will reply with SMS text message containing violated zone/tamper number. Due to security
reasons it is highly recommended to restore the violated zone/tamper before arming the system. For more details on how to arm the system regardless of the violated zone or tamper presence, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes, 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones
and 16.TAMPERS respectively.
The system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages
containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number. For more details regarding arming/disarming the system from a
non-listed phone number, please refer to 8.2. System Control from any Phone Number.
NOTE: The system remembers the last status (armed/disarmed) of all partitions even after complete shut down.
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following feature:
• System arming is blocked if any system fault exists. The user will not be able to arm the system until all existing system
faults are solved.
• System arming is blocked until tamper fault is cleared by the installer.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3.
12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call
To arm, disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, dial the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers
(see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management). The phone call is free charge as the system rejects it
and carries out arming/disarming procedure afterwards. When arming – the system rejects the phone call after 2 rings, when
disarming – the system rejects the phone call immediately. If there is more than one listed user dialling to the system at the
same time, the sys­tem will accept the incoming call from the user who was the first to dial while other user (-s) will be ignored.
When system’s phone number is dialled for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
41
•
Non-partitioned system:
•
•
If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
•
If unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text
message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system.
Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling
and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can
be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
•
If all partitions are disarmed ready, the system will arm them.
•
If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and
skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user
phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip
the armed ones.
•
When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by
dialling the system’s phone number. For example, if User 1 is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1,
2 and 3 by a single phone call to the system from User 1 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please
refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.
33
CALL
User
ESIM364
By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS
text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration
method.
Manage arming and
disarming for listed
user phone numbers
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
12.2. SMS Text Message
To arm the system by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user
phone numbers (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management).
SMS
Arm the system
SMS text message content:
ssss_ARMp or ssss_ARMp,p,p,p
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111_ARM1
34
SMS
User
42
EN
ESIM364
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
When the SMS text message for arming is sent to the system’s phone number, the system will proceed as follows:
•
•
Non-partitioned system:
•
If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
•
If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone
number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the
violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and
Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers
can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
•
If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
•
If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated
zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
•
If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions
and skip the armed ones.
To disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available
user phone numbers:
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
SMS text message content:
ssss_DISARMp or ssss_DISARMp,p,p,p
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111_DISARM1,2,4
35
SMS
User
ESIM364
When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by
sending the SMS text message to the system’s phone number. For example, if User 3 is assigned to Partition 2 and 3, the user will be able
to arm/disarm Partition 2 and/or 3 by sending an SMS text message from User 3 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone
number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.
By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS
text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration
method.
Manage arming and
disarming for listed
user phone numbers
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code
icon displayed next to the partition name in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers
are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If
icon is displayed instead, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the
user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting
in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
icon appears in the home screen
view if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
When a user/master code is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by EKB2
keypad using partition selection menu. However, if a user/master code is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, while EKB2 keypad is assigned
to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4, but the keypad will only display Partition 2 name and the related
information in home screen view. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.3.1. Arming the System
To arm the system by EKB2 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system - When a valid user code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
43
beeps, the keypad will switch to home screen view and display the countdown timer.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code:
uumm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition
selection menu. Once a partition that is to be armed is selected, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message for 3 seconds followed by partition selection
menu. When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If
key is touched twice during exit delay, the
keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timer next to the partition name that is being armed.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code and select partition:
uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] partname → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15
characters partition name
• Partitioned system - arming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will
display the partition selection menu. Once ARM ALL menu item is selected the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display multiple ARMING part-name messages for 3 seconds reflecting each
partition the user/master code is assigned to, followed by partition selection menu.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit
delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) reflecting ready
partition (-s), while the unready partition (-s) will be skipped indicated by part-name NOT READY message (-s) followed by
partition selection menu. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code
is assigned to.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed-ready partitions exist, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) seconds reflecting ready partition (-s),
while the pre-armed partition (-s) will be skipped. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition
(-s) the user/master code is assigned to.
When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If
key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will
return to home screen view and display the countdown timers next to the partition names the keypad is assigned to.
Arm all partitions
simultaneously
Enter user/master code:
uumm → OK → ARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → ARM ALL → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
When successfully armed:
• the countdown timers will disappear.
• in addition, the keypad may display
Enable/disable Show
ARMED status in
keypad
icon next to the partition name that has been armed (by default – disabled).
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the
keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message
12.3.2. Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process:
• Non-partitioned system – Enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
• Partitioned system – Select the partition again, that is currently being armed, from the partition selection menu during exit delay
countdown. The keypad will display part-name ARMING TERMINATED message for 2 seconds followed by partition selection menu.
12.3.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will switch to home screen view.
44
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code:
uumm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the
partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be disarmed is selected, the keypad will display part-name DISARMED message
for 2 seconds and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires.
Alternatively, the
key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code and select partition:
uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] part-name
→ OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15
characters partition name
• Partitioned system; disarming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will
display the partition selection menu. Once DISARM ALL menu item is selected, the keypad will display multiple part-name DISARMED
messages for 2 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to and return to partition selection menu followed
by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires. Alternatively, the
key may be touched in order to instantly return
to home screen view.
Disarm all partitions
and turn OFF the alarm
simultaneously
Enter user/master code:
uumm → OK → DISARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → DISARM ALL → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
When successfully disarmed, the keypad may display
Enable/disable Show
ARMED status in
keypad
Config
Tool
icon next to the partition name that has been disarmed (by default - disabled).
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the
keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message.
12.4.EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code
ATTENTION: EKB3 keypad can operate either in 2-partition or in 4-partition mode. The description of the following procedure is based
on 4-partition mode operation on EKB3 keypad. The arming/disarming procedure in 2-partition mode using EKB3 keypad would be carried out identically to EKB3W wireless keypad. For more details on 2-partition mode, please refer to 12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/
Master Code.
Illuminated indicator READY on EKB3 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready
for arming. If the indicator READY is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones
and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating
Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone
Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator SYSTEM will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see
29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example,
if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, 3 and 4, while EKB3 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm only
Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.4.1.Arming the System
To arm the system by EKB3 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit
short beeps and the indicator ARMED along with the number [1] key will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s
buzzer will silent down.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
45
Arm the system
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system – arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.
Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short
beeps and the indicator ARMED along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. When the
system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - arming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can
arm all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and indicator ARMED along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is
successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated
zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator
ARMED (if the keypad is switched to a non-violated partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be
armed, will light ON. The ready partition (-s) will be armed and the unready one (-s) will be skipped.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the
keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator ARMED (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the
number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the
pre-armed ones will be skipped.
Arm all 4 partitions
simultaneously
Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
0 uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 0 2222
Alternatively, the user can arm multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - arming a single partition above).
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/
NOTE: Before arming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
12.4.2.Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
12.4.3.Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator ARMED and the number [1] key will light OFF.
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system – disarming a single partition – To disarm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.
46
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.
Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator ARMED and the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the
partition that has been disarmed, will light OFF.
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can
disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are armed and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator ARMED along with the number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys
will light OFF.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the
keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator ARMED (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the
number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the
pre-armed ones will be skipped.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated
zone/tamper), the system will deny simultaneous partition disarming until the partition’s zone/tamper violation is removed.
Disarm and turn OFF
the alarm in all 4 partitions simultaneously
Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
0 uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 0 2222
Alternatively, the user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - disarming a single
partition above).
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/
NOTE: Before disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad
partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/Master Code
ATTENTION: The user will be able arm/disarm only the first two system partitions using EKB3W keypad. Partition 3 and Partition 4 are
NOT supported by EKB3W keypad.
Illuminated indicator READY on EKB3W keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready
for arming. If the indicator READY is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones
and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating
Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone
Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator SYSTEM will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see
29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example,
if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, while EKB3W keypad is assigned to Partition 1, the user will be able to arm/disarm only Partition
2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3. Keypad
Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.5.1. Arming the System
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit
short beeps and the indicator ARMED will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
EN
47
• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.
Once the partition is switched, indicator READY will light ON in EKB3W keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering
a valid user/master code, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator ARMED will light ON
in the respective EKB3W keypad’s section. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
Arm the system
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To arm multiple partitions, please arm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/
12.5.2. Cancelling System Arming
To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
12.5.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator ARMED will light OFF.
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in a different partition than the keypad is
assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch)
before the disarming process.
Switch keypad partition
Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.
Once the partition is switched, indicator READY will light ON in EKB3W keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by entering a valid user/master code, indicator ARMED will light OFF.
Disarm the system and
turn OFF the alarm
Enter user/master code:
uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions, please disarm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.
NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/
48
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
12.6.iButton Key
To arm or disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, touch the iButton key reader by any of 16 available iButton keys (see 11.
iBUTTON KEYS for iBut­ton key management). When the iButton is touched to the iButton key reader for arming, the system
will proceed as follows:
Non-partitioned system:
•
•
If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm.
If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated
zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling
Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
•
•
•
If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm them.
If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par­tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay, arm the disarmed
ready partitions and skip the armed ones.
36
When an iButton key is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions
by touching the iButton key to the reader. For example, if iButton 5 is assigned to Partition 1 and 4, the user will be able to arm/
disarm Partition 1 and 4 by touching iButton 5 to the reader. For more details on how to set iButton key partition, please refer
to 23.5. iButton Key Partition.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
49
12.7. EWK1/EWK2 Wireless Keyfob
EWK1/
EWK2
Non-partitioned system:
To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to arm the system (by default, EWK1 –
EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
•
•
;EWK 2 -
). When EWK1/
If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
If unready, the system will not arm. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the
system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes),
while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
Partitioned system:
To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons with Partition Selection action assigned followed by a button with Arm the
System action assigned (by default, EWK1 –
will proceed as follows:
•
•
•
;EWK 2 -
). When EWK1/EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system
If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par­tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and
skip the armed ones.
38
37
Arm the
system
Arm the
system
To disarm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to disarm the system (by default, EWK1 -
).
40
39
Disarm
the
system
; EWK2 -
Disarm
the
system
To verify if the system has been successfully armed, do not release the Arm the System keyfob button and wait for the 3 short
keyfob buzzer’s beeps/indicator’s flashes indicating the successfully carried out command. The long beep/flash indicates the
unsuccessful command.
When a certain keyfob’s button is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system
partition (-s) assigned to the button with Partition Selection action followed by a button with Arm the System/Disarm the System action. For more details on how to set the keyfob partition, please refer to ELDES Configuration Tool software‘s HELP section.
NOTE: Single EWK1/EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition Selection and Control Output/Output Toggle/Output Pulse
actions. In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and in case it is not
followed within a 3-second period by a button with Arm the System or Disarm the System action assigned.
50
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
12.8.Arm-Disarm by Zone
ARM/
DISARM
ZONE
The Arm-Disarm by Zone feature allows to use a zone for arming and disarming the alarm system. The process is performed by
applying a low-level pulse for more than 3 seconds to the specified zone. It means that violating and restoring the zone leads to
system arming and by repeating this action the system becomes disarmed. The system will arm/disarm the partition (-s) that
the zone is assigned to. Up to 4 on-board zones can be set to arm/disarm up to 4 system partitions by this method.
Set zone for ArmDisarm by Zone
method
EKB2
EKB3W
Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and zone number:
34 z nn #
Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board
zone number, range – [01... 12].
Example: 34023#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → 0
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
Disable Arm-Disarm by
Zone method
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → nn
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 12].
EKB3W
Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and parameter status value:
34 z 00 #
Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].
Example: 34200#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
12.9.Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications
By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message to:
•
user phone number, sharing the same partition as EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK1/EWK2 wireless keyfob or zone, set up for Arm/Disarm by Zone method.
•
user phone number that the system arming/disarming by free of charge phone call was initiated from.
•
user phone number that the system arming/disarming by SMS text message was initiated from.
The confirmation SMS text message is sent to the user phone number regarding each partition separately and contains system status and
partition name as well as it may contain a user name assigned to user phone number, user/master code or iButton key. For more details on
names, please refer to 8.1. User Phone Number Names, 10.1. User/Master Code Names and 11.2. iButton Key Names.
To disable/enable this notification for individual user phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable arm/disarm
notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE→ OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
51
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502040#
Config
Tool
Enable arm/disarm
notification
EKB2
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENBABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502061#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: The system will always deliver an SMS notification to the user after arming/disarming the system by SMS text message method
even if the arm/ disarm SMS notification is disabled.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
52
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
13.EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY
When arming, the system initiates the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for the user to leave the secured area. The
exit delay is indicated by short beeps emitted by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad buzzer and buzzer, connected to the alarm system. When
arming:
•
a non-partitioned system, a countdown timer will be displayed in the home screen view of EKB2 during exit delay.
•
a partitioned system, EKB2 keypad will display ARMING part-name message on the screen for 2 seconds and switch to partition
selection menu during exit delay.
Exit delay is provided when arming the system by the following methods:
•
EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and user/master code.
•
iButton key.
•
Arm/Disarm by Zone.
To arm the system without exit delay, use one of the following system arming methods:
• Free of charge phone call.
•
SMS text message.
•
EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob
•
EGR100 middle-ware.
Set exit delay
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content:
ssss_EXITDELAY:p,ext or ssss_EXITDELAY:p,ext;p,ext;p,ext;p,ext
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], ext – exit delay
duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
Example: 1111_EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EXIT DELAY → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK →
ext → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;, ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 72, partition number and exit delay duration:
72 pp ext #
Value: pp – partition number, range – [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600]
seconds.
Example: 7203259#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
NOTE: Alternatively, you can set exit delay value to “0” in order to arm the system without exit delay by any available method.
NOTE: EKB3/EKB3W keypad buzzer will only beep if the keypad is operating in the partition where exit delay countdown is in progress.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
53
Once the exit delay has expired, the system initiates the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) if a Delay type zone is violated.
The countdown is indicated by short beeps emitted by keypad buzzer and by steady beep emitted by system’s buzzer. The indication is intended to advise the user that the system should be disarmed. Once the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the
bu0er of the keypad will be silenced. If the system is disarmed before the entry delay expires, no alarm will be caused.
Set entry delay for
Delay zone
SMS
EKB2
SMS text message content:
ssss_ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee or ssss_ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 76], eeeee – entry delay
duration, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 1111_ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Wireless zone: ... WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → ENTRY
DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → ENTRY DELAY
→ OK → eeeee → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 54, partition number and entry delay duration:
54 nn eeeee #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 65535]
seconds
Example: 5403259#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W keypad buzzer will not sound during exit and entry delay if the violated Delay type zone
is not of the associated EKB3W keypad.
For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
54
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
14.ZONES
Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals. Once connected, the
associated zone’s parameters must be configured.
ESIM364 comes equipped with 6 on-board zones allowing to connect up to 6 detection devices. For more details regarding zone expansion,
please refer to 14.2. Zone Expansion.
ESIM364 zones are classified by 5 categories:
Description
Max. number of
zones per device
Max. number of
zones in total
On-board zones
Built-in wired zones of ESIM364 alarm system.
6/12*
6/12*
Keypad zones
Hardwired zones of EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad.
1
4
EPGM1 zones
Zones of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expan- 16
sion module.
32
Wireless zones
Non-physical zones automatically created by connected 4**
wireless devices.
64***
Virtual zones
Non-physical zones intended for Panic button feature (alarm 64****
activation upon pressing the button) on EWK1/EWK2 wireless keyfob. Virtual zones can be manually created using ELDES Configuration Tool software.
64****
Zone category
* - 6-Zone mode is enabled by default. ATZ mode doubles the on-board zone number and increases it to 12 in total.
** - Depends on the paired wireless device
*** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and virtual zones are present.
**** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and wireless zones are present.
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
14.1. Zone Numbering
The zone numbers ranging from Z1 through Z12 are permanently reserved for on-board zones even when ATZ mode is disabled. The
Z13-Z76 zone numbers are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the created virtual zones and the devices connected to the
system: keypads, wireless devices, EPGM1 modules.
14.2. Zone Expansion
For additional detection device connection, the number of zones can be expanded by:
•
enabling the ATZ (Advanced Technology zone) mode (see 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode).
•
connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation,
please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/download).
•
connecting keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.4. EKB3W – Wireless LED Keypad).
•
pairing wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).
•
creating virtual zones (see ELDES Configuration Tool software’s Help section).
The maximum supported number of zones is 76.
14.3. 6-Zone Mode
By default, ESIM364 alarm system runs in the 6-Zone mode under zone connection Type 1 allowing to connect up to 6 detection devices of
NO (normally-open) type to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of Type 1. Different zone connection types of
6-Zone mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone.
The EPGM1 module supports 6-Zone mode only, while the selected zone connection type applies to hardwired zones of EPGM1 module
altogether. By default, EPGM1 module runs in the 6-Zone mode under zone connection Type 1. However, a mixed combination of Type 1
and Type 2 zone connection types is supported simultaneously regardless of the type (Type 1 or Type 2) selected in the system’s configuration.
Once Type 3 zone connection type is selected, the detection device wiring on EPGM1 module zones must be done according to the wiring
diagram of the associated type.
The keypads support Type 1 and Type 2 of 6-Zone mode only. A mixed combination of both zone connection types is supported by keypad
zones.
Zone connection types featured by 6-Zone mode are following:
•
Type 1 – Parallel wiring of NO (normally-open) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistor.
•
Type 2 – Serial wiring of NC (normally-closed) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor.
•
Type 3 – Combination of serial and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and NC detection device with 3,3kΩ EOL resistor.
For zone wiring diagrams of the 6-Zone mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
55
Set zone connection
type of 6-Zone mode
for on-board and
EPGM1 zones
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Type 3 is NOT supported by keypad zones.
14.4.ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode
The ATZ mode is a software-based feature that doubles the number of on-board zones and enables two detection devices to be installed
per 1 zone terminal. Once this mode is enabled, the zone connection Type 4 is set automatically. The detection devices must be wired to the
on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of the associated zone connection type. Different zone connection types of ATZ
mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone pair i.e. Z1 - Z7, Z2 - Z8 etc. .
Once enabled, the ATZ mode DOES NOT affect EPGM1 zones, nor keypad zones and applies to on-board zones only. The ATZ mode is NOT supported by EPGM1 and keypad zones.
Zone connection types featured by ATZ mode are the following:
•
Type 4 – Parallel wiring of 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistors respectively.
5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z6, while 3,3kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z7
through Z12.
•
Type 5 – Combination of serial and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with
5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL resistors respectively. 5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z6, while 3,3kΩ EOL
resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z7 through Z12.
For zone wiring diagrams of the ATZ mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.
Enable ATZ mode
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable ATZ mode
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
56
EN
Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:
28 1 #
Example: 281#
Config
Tool
EKB3/
Set zone connection
type of ATZ mode for
on-board zones
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:
28 0 #
Example: 280#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
14.5. Zone Type Definitions
•
Interior Follower – The zone can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated before the
entry delay has begun, it will cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple
times or another Interior Follower-type zone has been violated while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress. Typically, this
zone is used for indoor protection devices, such as motion detectors, installed close to the exit/entry doors.
•
Instant – The alarm is instantly caused if this zone is violated when the system is armed or during entry delay. This zone type is usually
used for doors, windows, shock sensors or other zones.
•
24-Hour – When the system is either armed or disarmed, the zone will cause instant alarm if violated. Normally, this type of zone is
used for securing the areas that require constant supervisory.
•
Delay – This zone type can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated when the system
is armed, it will initiate entry delay countdown intended for the user to disarm the system. If the zone is left violated after the exit
delay expires, it will cause an instant alarm. Typically, this zone type is used for door contacts installed at designated exit/entry doors.
•
Fire – If this zone type is violated when the system is either armed or disarmed, the alarm will be instantly caused and the siren/bell will
emit pulsating sound. Typically, this zone type is used for flame and smoke detectors.
•
Panic/Silent – This zone operates the same as 24-Hour zone type, but the system will not activate the siren/bell and keypad buzzer if
violated. Normally, this zone type used for panic alarm buttons.
•
CO Sensor – This zone type operates identically to Fire zone type and it is used for CO (carbon monoxide) detector.
•
Report/Control – This zone operates the same as Panic/Silent zone type, but burglary event data message will be transmitted to the
monitoring station if violated. However, no alarm will be caused - the system will NOT dial the listed user phone number regardless of
the status of Call in Case of Alarm feature (enabled or disabled), nor the siren will sound. Typically, this zone type is used to report a
certain non-alarm event, such as heating activation or fault.
•
Instant Silent – This zone operates in the same way as Panic/Silent, but only when the system is armed.
Set zone type for
individual zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24- HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT |
CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → TYPE →
OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR |
REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → TYPE → OK
→ INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR |
REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR
| REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT→ OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 53, zone number and zone type number:
53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower
53 nn 2 # – Instant
53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour
53 nn 4 # – Delay
53 nn 5 # – Fire
53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent
53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor
53 nn 8 # – Report/Control
53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76]
Example: 53125#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: The system will NOT activate siren and keypad buzzer only when Panic/Silent, Report/Control or Instant Silent zone type is violated.
14.6.Zone Attributes
•
Stay – If this attribute is enabled, the zone, regardless of type, will not cause an alarm if violated when the system is Stay armed. For
more details on arming the system in the Stay mode, please refer to 15. STAY MODE.
•
Force – This attribute determines whether the system can be armed or not while a zone is violated resulting in partial arm event. If a
zone with the Force attribute enabled remains violated until the exit delay expires, it will be ignored. Once the system is partially armed
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
57
followed by zone restore, the violation of this zone will no longer be ignored and the zone will operate according to the determined
type. For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
•
Shared – This attribute determines whether a zone, assigned to multiple partitions, will cause an alarm or not in the associated armed
partition if violated. If a zone with the Shared attribute enabled is violated when at least one of the associated partitions is disarmed,
the alarm will not be caused. Once the system is armed in all of the associated partitions, the zone with Shared attribute enabled will
operate according to the determined type. Typically, this attribute is used for shared areas, such as corridors.
•
Delay, ms – This attribute determines the zone sensitivity level by delay time (by default – 800 milliseconds). If a zone is left triggered until
the delay time expires, the zone is considered violated. This attribute does not apply to wireless zones, keypad zones and virtual zones.
•
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is a method used to prevent false alarms. The system will not cause an alarm unless two associated zones
are violated within a specified time period, known as Alarm Confirmation Timeout. By associating a certain zone to itself, the system
would cause an alarm only if the zone has been violated repeatedly within the Alarm Confirmation Timeout. This feature operates with
all zone categories including virtual zones.
•
Delay becomes Instant in Stay mode – This attribute determines whether or not any Delay type zone will operate as Instant type
zone when the system is armed in the Stay mode. When the system is fully armed, the Delay type zone will operate normally. For more
details on Delay and Instant zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
•
Chime – This feature is used to emit 3 short beeps from the keypad buzzer whenever any Delay type zone is violated while the system
is disarmed. Typically, the feature is used for designated exit/entry doors to indicate the opening of the doors.
•
Bell -This attribute operates identically as Chime and applies to EKB3W keypad only.
•
Alarm count to bypass - This attribute determines a number of times the zone can be violated until it is automatically bypassed. It
can be assigned to Interior Follower, Instant, Delay and Instant Silent zone types only. For more details on zone bypassing and how to
activate a bypassed zone, please refer to 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W wireless keypad buzzer will not sound if the Bell attribute is not enabled and the violated
Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W wireless keypad. For more details on EKB3W wireless keypad, please refer to 19.5. EKB3W
– Wireless LED Keypad.
Enable Stay attribute
for individual zone
EKB2
EKB3W
Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:
56 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 56041#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Disable Stay attribute
for individual zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
58
EN
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → STAY →
OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEPAD ZONE → OK → STAY → OK →
ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 →
OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → STAY →
OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → STAY → OK →
DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:
56 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 56190#
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
Enable Force attribute
for individual zone
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → FORCE
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK →
ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:
82 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 82061#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Disable Force
attribute for
individual zone
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → FORCE
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK →
DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:
82 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 82110#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Enable/disable
Shared attribute for
individual zone
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Set Delay, ms attribute
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Enable/disable Delay
becomes Instant in
Stay mode attribute
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
59
Disable Chime
attribute
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enable Chime attribute
Menu path:
OK →iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:
32 0 #
Example: 320#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK →iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:
32 1 #
Example: 321#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is not set. To associate two zones and/or set the Alarm Confirmation Timeout, please refer to the following configuration method.
Associate a zone for
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone
attribute
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Set Alarm
Confirmation Timeout
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Set Alarm Count to
Bypass attribute for
individual zone
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone feature is NOT recommended in case it is necessary to bypass the associated zone, otherwise the zone
that requires alarm confirmation will never cause an alarm when violated.
60
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before bypassing a violated zone or activating a bypassed zone.
Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated
or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. When a zone is bypassed, EKB3/EKB3W keypad indicator BYPS will light ON and EKB2 keypad will display
icon in the home screen view.
Bypass individual
violated zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Bypass all violated
zones
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 5 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z76-zonename → OK → BYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.
Press the [BYPS[ key, enter zone number and user/master code:
BYPS nn uumm #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: BYPS091111#
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK →BYPASS → OK → BYP VIOLATED ZONES → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Once the system is disarmed, the corresponding zone state will be indicated
on the keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.5. EKB3W – Wireless LED Keypad ) and Info
SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS). Alternatively, the user can activate the bypassed zone by the following
configuration methods.
Activate bypassed
zone
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 5 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z76-zonename → OK → UNBYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.
Press the [BYPS] key, enter zone number and user/master code:
BYPS nn uumm #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: BYPS251111#
NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.
14.8.Zone Names
Each zone has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined zone
terminal, for Example: Kitchen doors opened. The zone names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during alarm. the
By default, the zone names are: Z1 – Zone1, Z2 – Zone2, Z3 – Zone3, Z4 – Zone4 etc.
Set zone name
SMS
Config
Tool
View zone names
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_Znn:zone-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 76]; zone-name – up to
24 characters zone name.
Example: 1111_Z3:Door sensor triggered
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_STATUS
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS
EN
61
EKB2
Config
Tool
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 →
OK → NAME
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → NAME
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → NAME
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in zone
names
NOTE: Multiple zone names can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_Z1:Kitchen doors opened;Z3:Movement in basement;Z4:Bedroom window opened
14.9.Disabling and Enabling Zones
By default, all zones, except keypad and virtual zones, are enabled. To permanently disable/enable an individual zone, please refer to the
following configuration methods.
Disable zone
SMS
EKB2
62
EN
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 →
OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK →
STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → STATUS →
DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:
52 nn 0 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 52360#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Enable zone
SMS text message content:
ssss_Znn:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 76].
Example: 1111_Z13:OFF
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_Znn:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 76].
Example: 1111_Z6:ON
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → STATUS
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → STATUS →
ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:
52 nn 1 #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 52151#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
14.10. Viewing Zone State
The zone state (violated/restored) is indicated in real-time by all available configuration methods. However, the most convenient way to
view the zone state is using the graphical interface of ELDES Configuration Tool software as follows:
• Red - zone is violated.
• Green - zone is restored.
• Grey - zone is disabled.
To view the zone state, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View zone state
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 76
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The
flashing indicator SYSTEM stands for violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z76). For more
details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS­
TEM FAULTS.
EN
63
15.STAY MODE
Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured area. If the zones with Stay attribute enabled
are violated when the system is Stay armed, no alarm will be caused. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before
going to bed.
The system can be Stay armed under the following conditions:
•
If a Delay-type zone is NOT violated during exit delay and a zone (-s) with Stay attribute enabled exists, the system will arm in Stay
mode. When arming the system in Stay mode under this condition, one of the available arming methods must be used that provide exit
delay. For more details on these methods, please refer to 13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY.
•
The system will instantly arm in Stay mode when using one of the following methods.
Arm the system in
Stay mode
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
EWK1/
EWK2/
EWK2A
Menu path:
Non-partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK
Partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4]; part-name – up
to 15 characters partition name.
Press the [STAY] key and enter user/master:
STAY uumm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: STAY1111
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running ELDES Configuration Tool software.
When one or more system partitions are successfully armed in Stay mode, EKB2 keypad will display
icon in the home screen view.
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, when Stay-arming the system.
NOTE: The system can be armed in Stay mode, only if there is at least one zone with Stay attribute enabled.
NOTE: Stay mode is not supported by virtual zones.
NOTE: The system can also be instantly Stay-armed using ELDES Cloud Services.
For more details on how to enable Stay attribute for zone, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes.
64
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
16.TAMPERS
The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system
status – armed or disarmed. During the tamper alarm, the system will activate the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer and send the SMS text
message to the listed user phone number. The system will cause tamper alarm under the following conditions:
•
If the enclosure of a detection device, siren/bell, metal cabinet or keypad is opened, the physical tamper switch will be triggered. By
default, indicated as Tamper x in the SMS text message (x = tamper number). Alternatively, the tamper switch can be connected to a
zone resulting in zone alarm when tampered (see 15. ZONES).
•
If the wireless signal is lost due to low signal level or low battery power on a certain wireless device (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status
Monitoring).
By default, all tampers and tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. To disable/enable a certain tamper and/or tamper
alarm notification, please refer to the following configuration methods
Disable/enable
tamper
View violated tampers
Config
Tool
SMS
The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper
name, to user phone number.
EKB2
EKB2 Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 76
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable tamper alarm
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable tamper alarm
notification
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
The illuminated indicator SYSTEM stands for system fault presence including violated tam­per.
For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS­TEM
FAULTS.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513030#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
65
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513041#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how to view violated tamper, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.
ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor
wireless signal loss or restore.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is
in progress.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT cause any tamper alarm regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss if the associated
zone is disabled.
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following feature:
•
System arming is blocked if any system fault exists. The user will not be able to arm the system until all existing system faults
are solved.
•
System arming is blocked until tamper fault is cleared by the installer.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3.
16.1. Tamper Names
Each tamper has a name that can be customized by the user. The tamper names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user
during the tamper alarm. By default, the tamper names are: Tamper 1, Tamper 2, Tamper 3, Tamper 4 etc. To set a different tamper name,
please refer to the following configuration methods.
Manage tamper name
66
EN
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
17.ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER
When a zone, depending on zone type (see 14.5. Zone Type Definitions), or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm. By default, the alarm duration is 1 minute (see 20. SIREN/BELL regarding the alarm duration). During the alarm, the system will follow this
pattern:
1. The system activates the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer.
a) The siren/bell will emit pulsating sound if the violated zone is of Fire type, otherwise the sound will be steady.
b) The keypad buzzer will emit short beeps.
c) EKB2 keypad will display
icon next to the alarmed partition in the home screen view followed by
icon indicating the presence of
the alarm events in the alarm log (see 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG). In case a Fire-type zone is violated in any system partition,
icon will appear in the home screen view.
d) EKB3 keypad operating in 4-partition mode will flash the [1]... [4] key corresponding to the alarmed partition number.
e) If one or more zones are violated, EKB3/EKB3W will light ON the corresponding violated zone indicator (-s) ranging from 1 through
12. Indicator SYSTEM will flash if one or more high-numbered zones are violated. If one or tampers are violated, indicator SYSTEM will
light ON. For more details on viewing violated high-numbered zone and tamper numbers by EKB3/EKB3W keypad, please refer to 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.
2. The system attempts to send an SMS text message, containing the violated zone/tamper name (see 14.8. Zone Names and 16.1. Tamper Names on how to set a zone and tamper name respectively), to the first listed user phone number, sharing the same partition as the
violated zone/tamper. The system will send SMS text messages regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.
a) If the user phone number is unavailable and the system fails to receive the SMS delivery report during 45 seconds, it will attempt to
send the SMS text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone
number may be unavailable due to the following reasons:
•
mobile phone was switched off.
•
was out of GSM signal coverage.
b) By default, the system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one
is available. The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was
unavailable.
3. By default, the system attempts to ring the first user phone number via GSM, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The
system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.
a) When the call is answered, the system will shut down the siren/bell and play the audio file that can be listened to on the user’s mobile
phone. This feature will be available only if an audio file is recorded and assigned to the violated zone (see 17.2. Audio Files).
b) When the audio record has played, the user will be able to listen on the mobile phone for approx. 30 seconds to what is happening in the
area, surrounding the alarm system. This feature will be available only if a microphone is connected to the system (see 25. REMOTE
LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION).
c) The system will dial the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition, if the previous user was unavailable due to the
following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator.
d) The system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system will dial the
user phone number 5 times if the first user phone number was out of GSM signal coverage/switched OFF, otherwise the system will
dial only once. If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts to contact any listed user phone number, will stop dialling and will
not return to the first user phone number. The system will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available,
but rejected the phone call.
4. If Treat PSTN Call as User Call is feature is enabled, the system attempts to ring the first phone number via PSTN (see 30.2.3. PSTN). The
system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.
a) When the call is answered, the system will automatically drop the call.
b) The system will dial the next listed phone number if the previous one was unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator.
c) By default, the system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system
will dial the user phone number 5 times if the first user phone number was out of GSM signal coverage/switched OFF, otherwise the
system will dial only once. If the system ends up with all unsuccessful to contact any listed user phone number, will stop dialling and will
not return to the first user phone number. The system will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available,
but rejected the phone call.
d) If Call All in Case of Alarm feature is enabled, the system will attempt to ring all listed user phone numbers in a row starting with the
first user phone number with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Regardless of the user being available, unavailable or if he/she has
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
67
rejected the call, the system will still move to the next listed user with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Once the system has ended
contacting all listed users with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled, it will repeat this cycle 3 more times (by default) by attempting to
contact the previously unavailable users and skipping the available ones.
To silent the siren/bell as well as to cease system phone calls and SMS text message sending to the user phone numbers, please disarm the
system (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).
ATTENTION: The wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that
has been alarmed (see 23.1. Zone Partition).
View violated zones
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 76
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3W
Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The
flashing indicator SYSTEM stands for violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z76). For more
details on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name,
to user phone number.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 76
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
EKB3/
View violated tampers
EKB3/
EKB3W
Manage Call All in Case
of Alarm
Config
Tool
The illuminated indicator SYSTEM stands for system fault presence including violated tamper. For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how to disable/enable SMS text messages and phone calls to listed user phone number in case of alarm, please refer to
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled
(see 30. MONITORING STATION).
NOTE: If one or more zones/tampers are violated during the alarm, the system will attempt to send as many SMS text message and dial the
user phone number as many times as the zone/tamper was violated. However, this does NOT apply to Interior Follower-type zones.
NOTE: If the system has delivered an SMS text message and/or dialled the user phone number after disarming the system, it means that the
SMS text message and/or phone call was queued up in the memory before the system was disarmed. The capacity of the queue is 24 events
maximum.
NOTE: In some case, the system might be UNABLE to dial the next listed user phone number in case the phone number has been migrated
from a different GSM operator.
68
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
By, default the system will ring the listed user phone numbers via GSM in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the
following configuration methods.
Disable call in case
of alarm
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable call in
case of alarm
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
30 us 1 #
Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30081#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
30 us 0 #
Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30090#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
By, default the system will send SMS text message to listed user phone numbers in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please
refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable SMS text
message in case of
alarm
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable SMS text
message in case of
alarm
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503060#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
69
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503101#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By, default the system will not ring the listed phone number via PSTN in case of alarm. To manage this feature, please refer to 30.2.3.
PSTN)
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
By default, tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. For more details on how to disable/enable tamper alarm notification,
please refer to 16. TAMPERS.
ATTENTION: Regardless of the Call in Case of Alarm parameter status, the system will NOT ring the listed user phone number via GSM network if the system is connected to the monitoring station (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
17.2. Audio Files and Introduction audio
The system comes equipped with a feature, allowing to record up to 16 audio files of up to 6 seconds length, and another feature, which
allows to record 1 introduction audio file of up to 20 seconds length,using the microphone of the PC. Recorded files can be assigned to any
system zone, except virtual zone, and be played when the alarm is caused by zone with an audio file assigned, These features will be available only if the system is able to dial user phone number in the event of an alarm and the user answers the call. When the call is answered,
the primarily recorded introduction audio file (if assigned), containing essential information (location/ full address or/and user full name)
is being played, while the audio file (up to 6 sec. long) will come up just after introduction audio has ended. The supported audio file format
is as follows:
• Max. number of audio files: up to 16
• Max. audio length: up to 6 seconds
• Max. number of introduction audio files: 1
• Max. introduction audio length: up to 20 seconds
• File format: .wav
• Specifications: 8,000 kHz; 8 Bit; Mono
By default, none of these audio files are pre-recorded or assigned to any particular zone. To record an introduction audio or audio file and/
or assign it to a zone, please refer to the following configuration method.
Record and manage
audio files
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Assign audio file to
individual zone
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Single audio file can be assigned to multiple zones.
70
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
18.PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS
A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled
weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the PGM output state change manually. Normally, PGM outputs can be used to open/
close garage doors, activate lights, heating, watering and much more. When a PGM output turns ON, the system triggers any device or relay
connected to it.
ESIM364 comes equipped with four open-collector PGM outputs allowing to connect up to four devices or relays. For more details on PGM
output expanding, please refer to 18.2. PGM Output Expansion.
ESIM364 PGM outputs are classified by 4 categories:
PGM output category
Description
Max. number of PGM
outputs per device
Max. number of PGM
outputs in total
On-board PGM Outputs
Built-in wired PGM outputs of ESIM364 alarm system.
4
4
EPGM8 PGM Outputs
PGM outputs of EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expan8
sion module.
8
EPGM1 PGM Outputs
PGM outputs of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output
2
expansion module.
4
Wireless PGM Outputs
Non-physical PGM outputs automatically created by con2*
nected wireless devices.
64**
* - Depends on the connected wireless device.
** - Available only if no EPGM1 PGM outputs are present.
For PGM output wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.6. Relay Finder® 40.61.9.12 with Terminal Socket 95.85.3.
18.1. PGM Output Numbering
The PGM output numbers ranging from C1 through C12 are permanently reserved for on-board PGM outputs even if EPGM8 module mode is
disabled. The C13-C76 PGM output number are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the devices connected to the system:
EPGM1 modules and wireless devices.
18.2.PGM Output Expansion
For additional electrical appliance connection, the number of PGM outputs can be expanded by:
•
connecting EPGM8 hardwired PGM output expansion module. (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer
to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/download).
•
connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation,
please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/download).
•
pairing the wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).
The maximum supported PGM output number is 76.
18.2.1. EPGM8 Mode
EPGM8 is an expansion module, which expands the system with 8 additional hardwired PGM outputs. For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/download
Once the EPGM8 module is installed, the EPGM8 mode must be enabled.
Enable EPGM8 mode
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:
33 1 #
Example: 331#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
71
Disable EPGM8 mode
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:
33 0 #
Example: 330#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
18.3.PGM Output Names
Each PGM output has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined
PGM output, for Example: Lights. The name can be used instead of PGM output number when controlling the PGM output by SMS text
message. By default, the PGM output names are: C1 – Controll1, C2 – Controll2, C3 – Controll3, C4 – Controll4 etc.
Set PGM output name
SMS
Config
Tool
View PGM output
names
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_Coo:out-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 76]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_C2:Lights
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_STATUS
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Space, colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in
PGM output names.
18.4.Enabling and Disabling PGM Outputs
By default, all PGM outputs are disabled and cannot be turned ON or OFF before they are enabled. To enable/disable a certain PGM output,
please refer to the following configuration method.
Enable/disable PGM
outputs
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
18.5.Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF
By default, all PGM outputs are turned OFF. To instantly turn ON/OFF an individual PGM output and set its state to ON/OFF when the system
starts-up, please refer to the following configuration methods.
72
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Turn ON PGM output/
Set PGM output startup state as ON
SMS
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → ON → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
61 oo 1 #
Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 61031#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
EWK1/
EWK2/
EWK2A
Turn OFF PGM output/
Set PGM output startup state as OFF
SMS text message content:
ssss_Coo:ON or ssss_out-name:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 76]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_Lights:ON
SMS
EKB2
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_Coo:OFF or ssss_out-name:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 76]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_C2:OFF
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OFF → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
61 oo 0 #
Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 76].
Example: 61020#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
EWK1/
EWK2/
EWK2A
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To instantly turn ON an individual PGM output for a determined time period and automatically turn it OFF when the time period expires,
please refer to the following configuration method.
Turn ON PGM output
for time period
SMS
EWK1/
EWK2/
EWK2A
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
SMS text message content:
ssss_Coo:ON:hr.mm.sc or ssss_out-name:ON:hr.mn.sc
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 76]; out-name
– up to 16 characters PGM output name; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range
– [00... 59]; sc – seconds, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_C4:ON:10.15.35
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
73
To instantly turn OFF an individual PGM output for a determined time period and automatically turn it ON when the time period expires,
please refer to the following configuration method.
Turn OFF PGM output
for time period
SMS
EWK1/
EWK2/
EWK2A
SMS text message content:
ssss_Coo:OFF:00.00.sc or ssss_out-name:OFF:hr.mn.sc
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password;oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 76]; out-name
– up to 16 characters PGM output name; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range
– [00... 59]; sc – seconds, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_Lights:OFF:00.00.23
This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC running ELDES Configuration Tool software.
When the PGM output is turned ON or OFF, the system will send a confirmation by SMS text message to the user phone number that the
SMS text message was sent from.
NOTE: PGM output can be turned ON for a determined time period only when it is in OFF state
NOTE: PGM output can be turned OFF for a determined time period only when it is in ON state
NOTE: Multiple PGM outputs can be turned ON/OFF by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_C1:ON C2:OFF Pump:ON C4:ON:00.20.25
NOTE: PGM output can be turned ON for a determined time period only when it is in OFF state
NOTE for EWK1/EWK2: Single EWK1/EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition selection and Control output/Output
toggle/Output pulse actions. In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and
in case it is not followed within a 3-second period by a button with arm system or disarm system action assigned.
18.6.PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler
The PGM outputs can automatically operate when a specific event occurs in the system and/or when the scheduled weekday and time
comes.
PGM Output Actions
The automatic action of the determined PGM output can be set as follows:
•
Turn ON – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON.
•
Turn OFF – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned OFF.
•
Pulse – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF for a set period of time in seconds based on the PGM output
startup state set up.
System Events
The aforementioned PGM output action can be automatically carried out under the following events that have occurred in the system:
•
System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
•
System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
•
Alarm begins – Alarm begins in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
•
Alarm stops – Alarm stops in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
•
Temperature falls – Temperature falls below the set MIN value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
•
Temperature rises – Temperature rises above the set MAX value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
•
Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z76 is violated.
•
Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z76 is restored.
•
Scheduler starts – Operates based on Start Time of a selected scheduler 1-16.
•
Scheduler ends – Operates based on End Time of a selected scheduler 1-16.
The user can also set a custom text, which will be sent by SMS text message to user phone number when the automatic PGM output action
is carried out.
Schedulers
The system supports up to 16 schedulers that allow the PGM outputs to operate according to the day of the week and time. When the
scheduler, which includes the set weekday and time, is selected, the PGM output will operate according to it. Each scheduler includes the
following parameters:
74
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
•
Always – The scheduler is not in use.
•
At specified time – Determines whether weekday and time settings are enabled:
•
Start Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output action can be initiated for Scheduler starts event.
•
End Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output action can be initiated for Scheduler ends event
•
On weekdays – Determines days in week when the PGM output action is valid.
Additional Conditions
Additional condition narrows down the chances for a determined automatic PGM output operation to be carried out. If this feature is enabled, the PGM output will become dependent on one more system event that must be occurred prior or must occur after the aforementioned system event. The PGM output will not operate until the chain of system events meets the set values:
•
System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
•
System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
•
Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to 76 is violated.
•
Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z76 is restored.
Example: PGM output C1 is set to be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated. The additional condition feature is enabled and set to allow this
action to be carried out only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed. It means that the PGM output C1 will be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated,
but only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed.
Manage PGM output
control by event &
scheduler
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: If the date and time are not set, the system will NOT be able to automatically control the PGM outputs. For more details on how
to set date and time, please refer to 9. DATE AND TIME.
NOTE: When both - a system event is determined and a scheduler is selected, the PGM output will operate only if the determined event has
occurred in the system during the scheduled time period.
NOTE: When PGM output action is selected as pulse, the PGM output will turn ON or turn OFF for a set period of time based on the PGM
output state set up (ON or OFF) for system startup.
18.7.Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions
•
Output – Operates as normal PGM output that can be controlled by the user or automatically by event and scheduler. Normally, this
type is used for any device or relay.
•
Siren – Operates as siren output that automatically activates during alarm. Typically, this type is used for bell/siren connected to EW2
wireless device.
Set output type for
individual wireless
PGM output
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
75
19.WIRELESS DEVICES
ESIM364 system has a built-in wireless module for system extension capabilities. The wireless module easily allows the user to pair up to
32 ELDES-made wireless devices with the system. This includes the following:
•
EWP2 – wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).
•
EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
•
EWS3 – wireless indoor siren..
•
EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.
•
EWK1 and EWK2/EWK2A – wireless keyfob.
•
EKB3W – wireless keypad.
•
EW2 – wireless zone and PGM output expansion module.
•
EWF1/EWF1CO - wireless smoke detector.
•
EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
•
EWR2 - wireless signal repeater.
•
EWM1 - wireless power socket.
For more details on technical specifications and installation of the wireless devices, please refer to RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND
SIGNAL PENETRATION manual and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldes.lt/download
The wireless devices can operate at a range of up to 30m (98.43ft) from the alarm system unit while inside the building and at up to 150m
(492.13ft) range in open areas. The wireless connection is two-way and operates in one of four available channels in ISM868 (EU version)
/ ISM915 (US version) non-licensed band.
The communication link between the wireless device and the alarm system is constantly supervised by a configurable self-test period,
known as Test Time. When the wireless device is switched ON, it will initiate the Test Time transmission to the system within its wireless
connection range. In order to optimize battery power saving of the wireless device, the Test Time periods vary by itself while the device
is switched ON, but still unpaired. When the alarm system is switched OFF or if the wireless device is unpaired or removed the Test Time
period of the wireless device is as follows (non-customizable):
•
EKB3W, EW2, EWP2, EWS2, EWS3, EWF1, EWF1CO, EWM1:
•
•
First 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
•
The rest of attempts - every 1 minute.
EWD2:
•
First 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
•
The rest of attempts - every 2 minutes.
Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM364 system. Due to battery saving reasons, all ELDES wireless
devices operate in sleep mode. The data exchange will occur instantly if the wireless device is triggered (zone alarm or tamper alarm) or
periodically when the wireless device wakes up to transmit the supervision signal, based on Test Time value, to the system as well as to accept the queued up command (if any) from the system. By increasing the Test Time period, EWS2/EWS3 siren response time will decrease.
Example: The alarm occurred at 09:15:25 and the system queued up the command for EWS3 siren to start sounding. By default, Test Time
value of EWS3 siren is 7 seconds, therefore EWS2 siren will sound at 09:15:32.
By default, the Test Time period is as follows (customizable):
•
EKB3W: every 60 seconds.
•
EW2, EWP2, EWF1, EWF1CO, EWD2: every 30 seconds.
•
EWM1: every 20 seconds..
•
EWS2, EWS3: every 7 seconds.
To set a different Test Time value, please refer to the following configuration method.
Set custom Test Time
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Test Time affects the wireless device pairing process due to the alarm system listening for the incoming data from the wireless device.
The system pairs with the wireless device only when the first data packet is received.
NOTE for EKB3W: In comparison with other ELDES wireless devices, EKB3W keypad features some exceptions regarding the wireless communication. For more details on EKB3W keypad wireless communication and back-light timeout, please refer to 19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.
76
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device
Wireless device management can be easily and conveniently carried out using the graphical interface of ELDES Configuration Tool soft­
ware. If you intend to manage the wireless devices by SMS text massage, an 8-character wireless device ID code will be required in order to
pair the device with the system or to remove it from the system. The wireless ID code is printed on a label, which can be located on the inner
or outer side of the enclosure or on the printed circuit board (PCB) of the wireless device.
To pair a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Pair wireless device
with the system
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_SET:wless-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111_SET:535185D
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE FOR EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A: When paring EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, it is necessary to press several times any button
on the device.
Once a wireless device is paired, it occupies one of 32 available wireless device slots and the system adds single or multiple wireless zones
and wireless PGM outputs depending on the wireless device model.
To remove a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Remove wireless
device from the
system
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_DEL:wless-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111_DEL:535185D
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Once a wireless device is removed from the system, please restore its default parameters and remove the batteries from it.
To replace an existing wireless device with a new same model device, please refer to the following configuration method.
Replace wireless
device
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_REP:wless-id<oldwl-id
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code of the new
devi­ce; oldwl-id - 8-character wireless device ID code of the old device.
Example: 1111_REP:535185D<41286652
When a wireless device is successfully replaced with a new one, the configuration of the old wireless device remains.
ATTENTION: In order to correctly remove the wireless device from the system, the user must remove the device using SMS text message
or ELDES Configuration Tool software and restore the parameters of the wireless device to default afterwards. If only one of these actions is
carried out, the wireless device and the system will attempt to exchange data to keep the wireless connection alive. This leads to fast battery
power drain on the battery-powered wireless device.
NOTE: If you are unable to pair a wireless device, please restore the wireless device’s parameters to default and try again. For more details
on how to restore the default parameters, please refer to the user manual provided along with the wireless device or visit www.eldes.lt/
download to download the latest user manual.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
77
19.2.Wireless Device Information
Once a wireless device is paired, the user can view the following information of a determined wireless device:
• Battery level (expressed in percentage).
• Wireless signal strength (expressed in percentage).
• Error rate (number of failed data transmission attempts in 10-minute period) - indicated only in EKB2 keypad menu.
• Firmware version.
• Test Time period (expressed in milliseconds) of a wireless device - indicated only in SMS text message reply.
To view the wireless device information, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View wireless device
information
SMS
EKB2
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_RFINFO:wless-id or ssss_RFINFO:Znn
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS passwordwless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code; nn –
wireless zone number, range – [13... 76].
Example: 1111_RFINFO:535185D
Menu path:
Battery level: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2→ OK → wless-dev wless-id → OK
→ BATTERY
Wireless signal: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → SIGNAL
Error rate: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → ERROR RATE
Firmware version: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → FW RELEASE
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; wless-dev – wireless device model; wless-id – 8-character
wireless device ID code.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
The system supports up to 32 wireless devices. To view the number of unoccupied wireless device slots in the system, please refer to the
following configuration methods
View unoccupied
wireless device slots
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_STATUS_FREE
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS_FREE
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
19.3.Wireless Signal Status Monitoring
If the wireless signal is lost due to poor signal strength or low battery power on a certain wireless device and does not restore within 1-hour
period (by default; customizable), the system will cause an alarm. This event is identified as Wireless Signal Loss. By default, indicated as
No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x in the SMS text message (wless-dev = wireless device model; wless-id = 8-character
wireless device ID code; x = tamper number). The user will also be notified by SMS text message as soon as the wireless signal is restored.
The default 1-hour period for wireless signal loss detection is a EN 50131-1 Grade 2 requirement. However, a custom wireless signal loss
timeout can be set up that must be at least 3 times longer than the longest Test Time period of a wireless device currently paired with the
system. In addition, ELDES Configuration Tool software indicates a timer of the last Test Time signal delivered by a paired and unpaired
wireless device. The software will also warn you if the delivery of the Test Time signal is delayed for a time period 3 times longer than the
Test Time period of a paired wireless device. In case the Test Time signal delivery of an unpaired wireless device is delayed for more than 1,5
minute, a warning will follow and the icon of such wireless device will be removed from the software’s interface in 10 seconds.
To set a custom wireless signal loss timeout and manage the wireless signal loss/restore notifications, please refer to the following configuration method.
Set custom wireless
signal loss timeout
78
EN
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Disable wireless
signal loss/restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable wireless
signal loss/restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518030#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518031#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any SMS text message regarding the physical tamper violation
nor wireless signal loss or restore. For more details on how to manage the tampers, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in
progress.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
79
19.4.Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost
If a wireless device loses its wireless signal for 1 hour (by default) or longer, the system will send notification by SMS text message to user
phone number and activate the siren/bell. By default, the siren will not be activated when wireless signal is lost. To enable/disable this
feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable Siren if
Wireless Signal is Lost
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable Siren if
Wireless Signal is Lost
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS →OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:
76 1 #
Example: 761#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS →OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:
76 0 #
Example: 760#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
19.5.EKB3W - Wireless LED Keypad
Main features:
•
Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/Master Code).
•
Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
•
System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
•
PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
•
Visual indication by LED indicators (see 19.5.1. LED Functionality).
•
Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
•
Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
19.5.1. LED Functionality
ARMED
READY
Steady ON - alarm system is armed / exit delay in progress; flashing - Configuration mode activated
Steady ON - system is ready – no violated zones and tampers
SYSTEM
BYPS
1-12
Steady ON - system faults; flashing - violated high-numbered zone (-s)
Steady ON - zone bypass mode
Steady ON - violated zone Z1-Z12
80
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
19.5.2.Keys Functionality
[BYPS]
[CODE]
[*]
[#]
[0] ... [9]
[1]... [2]
[STAY]
[INST]
Bypass violated zone
System fault list / violated high-numbered zone indication / violated tamper indication
Clear typed in characters
FRONT SIDE
41
Confirm (enter) command
Command typing
Keypad partition switch
Manual system arming in Stay mode
1st character for Configuration mode activation/
deactivation command
A
B
ARMED
READY
SYSTEM
1
BYPS
7
8
2
9
3
4
5
6
10
11
12
1
2
3
STAY
4
5
6
BYPS
7
8
9
INST
*
0
#
CODE
19.5.3.Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout
Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM364 system. The communication process follows this pattern:
1. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EKB3W keypad operates in sleep mode and periodically wakes up (by default every 60 seconds) to transmit the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM364 system. However, when the keypad wakes
up, it will NOT activate its buzzer and/or the LED indicators.
2. When any EKB3W key is pressed, the keypad LED indicators and the back-light will activate for a set up period of time (by default - 10
seconds), identified as Back-light Timeout. During the Back-light Timeout, the Test Time will automatically switch to 2 seconds period
allowing to indicate system alarms, faults and arm/disarm process on the EKB3W keypad if it is assigned to the same partition as the one
that is violated or being armed/disarmed (see 23. PARTITIONS).
3. The Back-light timeout will expire after 10 seconds (by default) of EKB3W idling. When the Back-light Timeout expires, the keypad will
light OFF the LED indicators and the back-light and return to sleep mode. Meanwhile:
a) if a zone or tamper, which is of the associated EKB3W keypad, is violated, EKB3W will instantly wake up and initiate the Back-light
Timeout. Meanwhile the keypad buzzer will emit short beeps and the LED indicators will light ON indicating the violated zone or tamper number.
b) if a zone or tamper, which is not of the associated EKB3W keypad, is violated, EKB3W keypad will NOT wake up and will NOT initiate the
Back-light Timeout as well as the buzzer will NOT emit short beeps and the LED indicators will NOT light ON.
To set a different Back-light Timeout value, please refer to the following configuration method:
Set Back-light
Timeout
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details and how to set a different Test Time value, please refer to ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: By default, the keypad zone and tamper is enabled, therefore a resistor supplied with the EKB3W keypad must be connected to
the keypad zone terminal and the tamper switch must be properly pressed in when inserting the keypad into the holder. By disabling the
keypad zone, the keypad tamper will disable as well (see 14.9. Enabling and Disabling Zones and 16. TAMPERS).
NOTE: To wake up the keypad it is highly recommended to press the [*] key in order not to enter any unnecessary character.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
81
19.6.EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater
Main features:
• Expands the wireless signal range (up to 30m (98.43ft) in premises; up to 150m (492.13ft) in open areas)
• LED indicator for data transmission indication.
• External and internal antenna.
• Backup battery
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
42
Bad signal level
EWR2
EWR2
ALARM
ALARM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
signal leve
Good
l
EWR2
Wireless signal repeater
ELDES alarm system
WIRELESS
WIRELESS
DEVICE
DEVICE
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
W-less signal
Level 18%
EWR2 begins expanding the signal range for
wireless devices if the certain conditions are
met. In order for EWR2 to function properly,
the wireless signal level between EWR2 and
ELDES alarm system must be at least 18%.
EWR2
43
Bad signal level
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
ALARM
WIRELESS
SYSTEM
DEVICE
signal leve
Good
l
WIRELESS
DEVICE
Wireless signal repeater
Wireless device
WIRELESS
DEVICE
WIRELESS
DEVICE
EWR2
W-less signal
Level 18%
82
EN
In order for EWR2 to start expanding the signal range of a wireless device, the wireless
signal level between EWR2 and a wireless
device must be at least 18%.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
44
Bad signal level
EWR2
EWR2
WIRELESS
DEVICE
signal leve
Good
l
EWR2
ALARM
ALARM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
WIRELESS
WIRELESS
DEVICE
DEVICE
Wireless signal repeater
ELDES alarm system
Wireless device
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
EWR2
W-less signal
Level 18%
If more then one repeater is connected to
Eldes alarm system at a time, the one that
receives the strongest signal from a wireless device, will be used to expand it’s signal
range.
19.7.EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector
Main features:
• Photoelectric sensor for slow smouldering fires
• TEST button
• Non-radioactive technology for environmental friendly
• High and stable sensitivity
• Quick fix mounting plate for easy installation
• LED operation indicator
• Built-in speaker for audio alarm indication
• Auto-reset when smoke/CO clears
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
45
SIREN
FRONT SIDE
TEST button
IN
D O N OT PA
T
BACK SIDE
TAMPER
switch
RESET button
BATTERY
LED indicator
19.7.1. Interconnection
The interconnection feature automatically links all wireless smoke/CO detectors that are paired with the alarm system. When any EWF1/
EWF1CO detects smoke or carbon monoxide (CO), it will sound the built-in siren and send the signal to the alarm system resulting in an instant alarm followed by built-in siren sound caused by the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO wireless smoke/CO detectors. EWF1/EWF1CO device that
detected smoke/CO will auto-reset when the smoke/CO clears, while the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO smoke/CO detectors will continue to sound
in accordance with the set time period (by default - 30 seconds).
By default, the interconnection feature is enabled and the siren alarm duration is 30 seconds. To manage these parameters, please refer
to the following configuration methods.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
83
Disable
interconnection
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable
interconnection
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Set EWF1/EWF1CO
siren alarm duration
Config
Tool
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:
50 0 #
Example: 500#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
50 1 #
Example: 501#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: The maximum supported EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is 255 seconds (4 mins. 15 secs.) even if the system‘s alarm duration value
is longer.
NOTE: System‘s alarm duration has a higher priority against the EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration, therefore EWF1/EWF1CO will sound
as long as the system‘s alarm duration set up, unless the set up value for EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is shorter.
84
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
19.8.EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module
Main features:
• 4 zone terminals.
BATTERY
BATTERY
BATTERY
• Compatible with any third-party wired sensor or siren.
EW2 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities
by providing wireless connection access to any third-party wired devices. EW2
comes equipped with 4 zone terminals designed for wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door contact, motion detector etc. In addition, the 2
open-collector outputs on board allow to connect any wired siren as well as to
connect and control any electrical appliance, such as gates, lights, watering etc.
The device can operate by powering it either using an external power supply or
3 x 1,5V AA type alkaline batteries on board. Once the external power supply is
disconnected, EW2 will automatically switch to battery power.
STATUS
POWER
The maximum number of EW2 devices that can be paired with the system depends on the number of the existing zones in system’s configuration. In case no
keypad zones, no EPGM1 zones, no virtual zones and no other wireless zones
exist,RESET
the system will support up to 16 EW2 devices.
+
+
-
• Battery or externally-powered.
ANT
-
-
+
• 2 open-collector outputs.
RESET
F1
COM DC+ Z1 Z2 COM Z3 Z4 T1 COM T2 C1 C2
46
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the
latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/ download
19.9.EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket
Main features:
47
LED indication
Button for
restoring default
parameters or
turning ON/OFF
EWM1 when
paired with ELDES
alarm system
• Control your household equipment remotely by wireless keyfob,
keypad, ELDES Cloud Services or automatically by scheduled time
or system event
• Compatible with any 230V electrical appliance
• View real-time, daily and monthly power consumption report
• Fault indication and protection: circuit thermal, overvoltage, overcurrent, undervoltage, relay fault indication.
Type E, F
or G outlet
EWM1 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing a wireless connection access to any 230V
electrical appliance, such as lights, air-conditioner, watering equipment etc. By plugging the appliance into the electrical outlet of EWM1,
the user gains a possibility to control it by wireless keyfob, keypad, scheduled time or a specific system event. In addition, EWM1 lets you
monitor the power consumption and view the reports. In addition, the for safety and protection purposes EWM1 will prevent from powering
up the electrical appliance if certain fault conditions are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) In order to start using EWM1,
it has to be paired with ELDES alarm system using ELDES Configuration Tool software or by sending a corresponding SMS text message to
ELDES alarm system.
It is possible to pair up to 32 EWM1 devices with the system at a time. The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open
areas).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download.
To monitor real-time power consumption value , view today’s or monthly power consumption reports or reset the power consumption
counter, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View power
consumption reports
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_EWM1INFO
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_EWM1INFO
EN
85
EKB2
Config
Tool
Reset power
consumption counter
for individual EWM1
device
SMS
EKB2
Config
Tool
Reset power
consumption counter
for all EWM1 devices
simultaneously
SMS
Menu path:
Real-time power consumption: OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name →
OK → REAL TIME ENERGY
Today’s power consumption: ... → out-name→ OK → TODAY ENERGY
Monthly power consumption: ... → out-name → OK → MONTHLY ENERGY
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a
certain EWM1 device.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_EWM1RESET:out-name
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain
EWM1 device.
Example: 1111_EWM1RESET:Controll14
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → RESET COUNTER → OK →
YES → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a
certain EWM1 device.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_EWM1RESET:ALL
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_EWM1RESET:ALL
NOTE: Real-time power consumption value is NOT included in the power consumption report requested by SMS text message.
86
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
20.WIRED SIREN/BELL
When the system is in alarm state, the siren/bell will sound until the set time (by default – 1 minute) expires or until the system is disarmed.
To set the alarm duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set alarm duration
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SIREN:t
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; t – alarm duration, range – [0... 5] minutes.
Example: 1111_SIREN:4
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
→ OK → tt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tt – alarm duration, range – [1... 10] minutes.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 10 and alarm duration:
10 tt #
Value: tt – alarm duration, range – [00... 10] minutes.
Example: 1007#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
View alarm duration
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SIREN
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password
Example: 1111_SIREN
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For siren/bell wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.3. Siren.
NOTE: The maximum supported alarm duration is 127 minutes that can be set up using ELDES Configuration Tool software only. “0” value
disables the siren/bell.
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, the wireless siren will sound for up to 6 minutes max. regardless of the set up alarm duration
value when it is longer than 6 minutes
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
87
20.1.BELL Output Status Monitoring
The system constantly supervises the BELL output. If the siren/bell is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send the notification by SMS
text message (by default- disabled) to the listed user phone number and indicate system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the bell/siren is connected/fixed, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by
default - disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault. Please, note that in order to use this feature, the resistors must be
connected to BELL output (see 2.3.3. Siren).
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the BELL output status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please
refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable Siren Fail/
Restore notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable Siren Fail/
Restore notification
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
MS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508021#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 50 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508040#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
20.2.Bell Squawk
If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process. After the system is successfully armed, the siren/
bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. To enable/disable the Bell Squawk feature, please refer to the
following configuration methods.
Enable Bell Squawk
88
EN
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable Bell Squawk
Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
29 1 #
Example: 291#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
→ DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 29 and parameter statusvalue:
29 0 #
Example: 290#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
20.3.Bell Squawk in Stay Mode
If enabled, the Bell Squawk will be available when arming/disarming the system in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE). To enable/disable this
feature, please refer to the following configuration methods
Enable Bell Squawk
in Stay Mode
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable Bell Squawk
in Stay Mode
Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:
95 1 #
Value: 951#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:
95 0 #
Value: 950#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
89
20.4.Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators
When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS2 wireless outdoor siren will flash during the alarm. To enable/disable this feature, please
refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable EWS2 LED
indication
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable EWS2 LED
indication
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Config
Tool
EN
Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
88 1 #
Example: 881#
Config
Tool
EKB3/
90
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
88 0 #
Example: 880#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
20.5.Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators
When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS3 wireless indoor siren will flash during the alarm. In the event of burglary, 24-hour or
tamper alarm, EWS3 will flash the blue LED indicators, while in case of a fire alarm, the device can flash the red LED indicator. To enable/
disable these features, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable EWS3 LED
indication
EKB2
EKB3W
Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 1 #
Fire alarm LED: 93 1 #
Example: 931#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Disable EWS3 LED
indication
EKB2
Menu path:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 0 #
Fire alarm LED: 93 0 #
Example: 940#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
91
21.BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY
21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring
The system may comes equipped with a backup battery maintaining power supply of the system when the mains power is temporally lost.
The implemented feature allows the system to perform a self-test on the backup battery and notify the user by SMS text message as well
as to indicate system fault by the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) if:
•
battery has failed and requires replacement – battery resistance is 2Ω or higher; self-tested every 24 hours.
•
battery is dead or missing – battery is not present or battery voltage is below 5V; self-tested every 1 minute.
•
battery power is running low – battery voltage is 10.5V or lower; constantly self-tested.
By default, all notifications regarding the backup battery status are enabled. To disable/enable a determined backup battery notification,
please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable Battery Failed
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable Battery Failed
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable Battery Dead
or Missing notification
92
EN
EKB2
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2105010#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2505031#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable Battery Dead
or Missing notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable Low Battery
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable Low Battery
notification
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB2
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506070#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506101#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107100#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
93
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107021#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
NOTE: In order to view the backup battery voltage, resistance,, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on ELDES Configuration Tool software.
21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring
If the household electricity is unstable in the system installation area, the system may temporally lose its power supply and continue operating on the backup battery power. The system supervises the mains power and notifies the user by SMS text message as well as indicates
system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) when the mains power is lost. When the mains power
restores, the system will notify the user by SMS text message and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, system notification by SMS text message regarding mains power status is enabled. To disable/enable this notification, please
refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable mains
power loss/restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enable mains
power loss/restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
94
EN
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISBLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2504050#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2514091#
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, mains power loss and restore delay are 30 and 120 seconds respectively. To set a different mains power loss and restore delay
duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set mains power loss
delay
EKB2
EKB3W
Enter parameter 70 and loss delay duration:
70 lllll #
Value: lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 7043#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Set mains power
restore delay
Menu path:
OK → iii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → LOSS DELAY →
OK → lllll → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535]
seconds.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → RESTORE DELAY
→ OK → rrrrr → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0...
65535] seconds.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 71 and restore delay duration:
71 rrrrr #
Value: rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 71150#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
NOTE: In order to view mains power status and value, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on ELDES Configuration Tool
software.
21.3. Memory
The configuration settings and event log records are stored in a built-in EEPROM memory, therefore even if the system is fully shut down,
the configuration and event log remain. For more details regarding the event log, please refer to 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
95
22.GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING
22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring
The system supervises the GSM connection every 10 minutes. When the GSM connection loss is detected, the system indicator NETW will
light OFF and the system will attempt to restore the GSM connection. In case the system fails to restore the GSM connection within a 3-minute period (by default), the keypad will indicate the system fault condition (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) and the system will
continue the attempt to restore the GSM connection. In addition, the system may turn ON a determined PGM output to indicate the GSM
connection loss fault (by default - disabled)..
Once the GSM signal restores, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled), the keypad will no longer
indicate system fault and the determined PGM output will turn OFF (if set up).
By default, the notifications by SMS text message regarding GSM signal loss is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to
the following configuration methods.
Enable GSM
Connection Failed
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable GSM
Connection Failed
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 21114091#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 21114020#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, the PGM output for GSM signal loss indication is not set. To set the PGM output and delay duration for GSM signal loss indication,
please refer to the following configuration method.
Manage GSM signal
loss indication by PGM
output
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text massage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
96
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
22.2.GSM Antenna Status Monitoring
The system constantly monitors the GSM/GPRS antenna status. If the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send
notification by SMS text message (by default - disabled) to the listed user and the keypad will indicate system fault condition (see 29. IN­
DICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the antenna is connected/fixed, the system may notify the user by SMS text message (by default
- disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the GSM/GPRS antenna status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification,
please refer to the following configuration methods.
Enable GSM/GPRS
Antenna Fail/Restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable GSM/GPRS
Antenna Fail/Restore
notification
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512031#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512030#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
97
23.PARTITIONS
ESIM364 system comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into four independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where
shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system
element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user/master code, iButton key and wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple
partitions. The user will then be able to arm/disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method, except EKB2 keypad,
are assigned to.
The following table reflects the values used for system element assignment to partitions by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad. A sum of values is
used to assign the element to multiple partitions.
Partition
Partition 1
Partition 2
Partition 3
Partition 4
Value
1
2
4
8
Example1: The user wants to assign a certain iButton key to Partition 4 only. According to the table value 8
reflects Partition 4. He would then have to enter value 8.
Example2: The user wants to assign a certain user code to Partition 2 and 3. According to the table value 2 reflects Partition 2, while value 4 reflects Partition 3, therefore 2 + 4 = 6. He would then have to enter value 6.
Example3: The user wants to assign a certain zone to Partition 1, 3 and 4. According to the table value 1 reflects Partition 1, while values 4 and 8 reflect Partitions 3 and 4 respectively, therefore 1 + 4 + 8 = 13. He
would then have to enter value 13.
23.1. Zone Partition
Zone partition determines which system partition (-s) the zone will operate in.
Set zone partition
EKB2
Menu path:
On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 12 → OK
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76 → OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → PARTITION →
OK → pv → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
EKB3W
Enter parameter 57, zone number and partition value:
57 nn pv #
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 76]; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
Example: 57032#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
ATTENTION: Wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 siren will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that
has been alarmed.
23.2.User Phone Number Partition
User phone number partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed from a certain user phone number by dialing
system’s phone number or sending an SMS text message.
Set user phone
number partition
EKB2
EKB3W
Enter parameter 59, user phone number slot and partition value:
59 us pv #
Value: us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
Example: 591013#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
98
EN
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PARTITION → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
23.3.Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch
Keypad partition determines which system partition the keypad will operate in. To identify which partition the keypad is operating in:
•
EKB2 – Refer to partition name (by default – PART1) indicated in home screen view.
•
EKB3W/EKB3 (2-partition mode) – Refer to the location of the illuminated indicator READY on the keypad. The indicator will be illuminated under section A or B, which represent Partition 1 and Partition 2 respectively.
EKB3 keypad can operate in the following modes:
•
2-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate only in one of the first two system partitions allowing to arm/disarm them and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [2] keys. This mode is set up by default.
•
4-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate in one of the four system partitions allowing to
arm/disarm them, indicate arm/disarm status, partition state (alarmed/not alarmed) on [1]... [4] keys (see 32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Keypad) and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [4] keys.
The keypad must be assigned to the same partition as the user/master code (see 23.4. User/Master Code Partition) in order to arm/
disarm the system by the keypad. For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and
User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/Master Code.
Set EKB3 partition
mode as 2-partition or
4-partition
Config
Tool
Set keypad partition
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
EKB2 partition: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK →
KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB2 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → DISABLE | ENABLE → OK
EKB3 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB3→ OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK
EKB3W partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EKB3W PARTITION → OK → EKB3W wless-id
→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; k – keypad slot, range – [1... 4]; wless-id – 8-character
wireless device ID code.
Enter parameter 51, keypad slot and partition number:
EKB3 partition: 51 kk p #
EKB3W partition: 51 kw r #
Value: kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range – [01... 04]; kw – EB3W keypad slot, range – [05... 08];
p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W partition number, range – [1... 2].
Example: 51062#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: 4-partition mode must be enabled in order to assign EKB3 keypad to Partition 3 or Partition 4.
NOTE: EKB2 keypad can operate in multiple partitions, while EKB3 keypad can operate only in a single partition.
NOTE: EKB3W keypad assignment is restricted to Partition 1 and Partition 2.
NOTE: The slots for EKB3W keypads are automatically assigned to the paired keypad in the chronological order, hence the earliest paired
keypad would acquire slot 5, while the latest paired keypad would acquire slot 8.
Keypad partition switch allows to quickly change the EKB3/EKB3W keypad partition. When the keypad partition is changed and when 1
minute after the last key-stroke expires, the system will return to the assigned keypad partition. Typically, this feature is used for viewing
arm/ disarm status and alarms of a different partition or when arming/disarming a different system partition by EKB3/EKB3W keypad than
the keypad is assigned to.
By default, keypad partition switch is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
99
Enable keypad
partition switch
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable keypad
partition switch
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:
77 1#
Example: 771#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:
77 0 #
Example: 770#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Keypad partition switch can only be used when the system is partitioned.
23.4. User/Master Code Partition
User/master code partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarm using a certain user/master code. User/master
code must be assigned to the same partition as the keypad (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) in order to arm/
disarm the system by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad . For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to 12.3. EKB2
Keypad and User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W Keypad and User/Master Code.
Set user/master
code partition
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Menu path:
Master code: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → PARTITION → OK
→ pv → OK
User code 2... 17: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-17) → OK → USER CODE 2... 17 → OK →
PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
User code 18... 30: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (18-30) → OK → USER CODE 18... 30 → OK
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
Press [CODE], [5], enter 01/user code slot, partition value and master code:
Master code: [CODE] [5] 01 pv mmmm #
User code: [CODE] [5] us pv mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS);
mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: CODE50481111#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while managing user and master code partition.
100
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
23.5.iButton Key Partition
iButton key partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed using a certain key. iButton key must be assigned to
the partition (-s) that the user desires to arm. For more details on system arming/disarming by iButton key, please refer to 12.6. iButton
Key.
Set iButton key
partition
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1... 16 → OK →
PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
EKB3W
Enter parameter 60, iButton key slot and partition value:
60 is pv #
Value: is – iButton key slot, range – [01... 16]; pv – partition value (see 23. PARTITIONS).
Example: 600511#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
23.6.EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A Wireless Keyfob Partition
EWK1/EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob partition determines which system partition can be armed/disarmed using a certain EWK1/EWK2
wireless keyfob. For more details on system arming/disarming by EWK1/EWK2 wireless keyfob, please refer to 12.7. EWK1/EWK2 Wire­
less Keyfob.
Set EWK1/EWK2/
EWK2A partition
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
101
24.TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The system may be equipped with on-board temperature sensors and/or wireless devices with built-in temperature sensors intended for
temperature measurement in the surrounding areas. This feature allows to monitor the temperature of up to 8 different areas in real-time
and receive a notification by SMS text message to the listed user phone number and/or EGR100 middle-ware when the set temperature
thresholds are exceeded. The temperature is measured at 0,5 degree centigrade (°C) accuracy and automatically rounded to the higher
value when 0,5 or above, e. g. temperature ranging from 23,5°C through 24,4°C will be treated as 24°C. For this purpose you may use the
on-board temperature sensors or the built-in temperature sensor of the following wireless devices:
• EWP2 – wireless motion detector.
• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.
• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.
• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.
• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
• EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module (an external temperature sensor (-s) must be connected to EW2 for this purpose).
• EWM1 - wireless power socket.
24.1.Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Temperature Sensors
To add a temperature sensor to the system, do the following:
a) Shutdown the system.
b) Wire up the temperature sensor to the 1-Wire interface terminals (see 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader for
temperature sensor wiring diagram).
c) Power up the system.
d)Run ELDES Configuration Tool software, check if the temperature sensor has been recognized by the system and assign it to the desired temperature sensor slot.
e) If more than one temperature sensor is required, shut down the system again and wire another sensor in parallel to the previous one.
By default, the first added temperature sensor will be identified as primary and the second one – as secondary temperature sensor (see
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors).
f) Repeat the procedure as mentioned in steps from a) to d).
g) Add as many temperature sensors as necessary – wire up one after another in parallel – until the number of 8 sensors is reached.
To view the real-time temperature values measured by each temperature sensor, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View real-time
temperature values
of individual
temperature sensor
View real-time
temperature values
of all temperature
sensors
SMS
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
EKB2
102
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_ITEMP:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111_ITEMP:4
SMS text message content:
ssss_ITEMP:?
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_ITEMP:?
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
If an on-board temperature sensor is faulty, it is recommended to remove it or replace it by a functional sensor. In order to assign the temperature sensor slot of the damaged temperature sensor to the new temperature sensor, please follow the procedure:
a) Shutdown the system.
b) Disconnect the faulty temperature sensor and replace it with a new one.
c) Power up the system.
d) Run ELDES Configuration Tool software.
e) Select the newly replaced temperature sensor ID from the drop-down list of the temperature sensor slot that was previously associated
with a faulty temperature sensor.
Remove/replace
individual
temperature sensor
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: When multiple on-board temperature sensors are connected, please touch and hold the sensor with your fingers and watch the
temperature value change to identify the number of the temperature sensor slot.
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors
Any out of 8 available temperature sensors can be set as primary or secondary. The real-time temperature values of the primary and secondary temperature sensors are included in the Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS) as well as the temperature measured by the primary temperature sensor is indicated in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad.
To set temperature sensors as primary or secondary, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set primary
temperature sensor
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPI:PRIM:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMPI:PRIM:4
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → PRIMARY TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3W
Enter parameter 89 and temperature sensor slot:
89 ts #
Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 8903#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Set secondary
temperature sensor
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPI:SEC:ts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMPI:SEC:3
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → SECOND. TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Enter parameter 90 and temperature sensor slot:
90 ts #
Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 9005#
EN
103
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To view the slot number of primary and secondary temperature sensors, please refer to the following configuration methods.
View primary and
secondary temperature
sensor slot number
View primary and
secondary temperature
sensor real-time
temperature values
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPI:?
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_TEMPI:?
EKB2
Menu path:
Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO
EKB2
Menu path:
Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Primary and secondary temperature sensors can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_TEMPI:PRIM:4,SEC:3
24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS
The system supports an SMS text message identified as the Temperature Info SMS, which is automatically delivered to the listed user
phone number if the specified minimum (MIN) or maximum (MAX) temperature threshold of any temperature sensor is exceeded by at
least 1°C.
To set the MIN and MAX temperature thresholds for a certain temperature sensor, please refer to the configuration methods.
Set MIN and MAX
temperature
boundaries
SMS
EKB2
104
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPts:MIN:mnn,MAX:mxx
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; mnn – MIN
boundary, range – [-55... 125] C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Example: 1111_TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28
Menu path:
MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN → OK → mnn → OK
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX → OK → mxx → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C; mxx - MAX
boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Keys P1 or P2 are used to enter minus character, e.g. -20.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
View MIN and
MAX temperature
boundaries
SMS
EKB2
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 19 and temperature value:
19 ts mnn mxx #
Value: ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55...
125] C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C. 00 value stands for minus character,
e. g. 0020 = -20
Example: 1906001530#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP4
Menu path:
MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text message transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
NOTE: MIN and MAX thresholds can also be set separately by multiple SMS text messages, Example: 1111_TEMP1:MIN:6 and 1111_TEMP1:MAX:40
24.4. Temperature Sensor Names
The temperature sensor name is included in the Temperature Info SMS when delivered to the listed user phone number. This feature allows
easier identification of the temperature sensor and normally it is used when monitoring temperature changes in different areas.
Set temperature
sensor name
SMS
Config
Tool
View temperature
sensor name
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPts:NAME:temp-sens-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; tempsens-name – 4 to 24 characters temperature sensor name.
Example: 1111_TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPts
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP3
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE SENS
1... 8 → OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
105
Delete temperature
sensor name
SMS
Config
Tool
106
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_TEMPts:NAME:
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP2:NAME:
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
25.REMOTE LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION
ESIM364 comes equipped with a microphone that allows the user to listen on his mobile phone to what is happening in the secured area.
By installing the audio module EA2, the user will be able to have a 2-way voice communication (see 32.3.2. EA2 – Audio Output Module
with Amplifier). Remote listening and 2-way voice communication can operate under the following conditions:
•
The system makes a phone call via GSM to a listed user phone number in case of alarm and the user answers the call.
•
The user initiates remote listening by sending the SMS text message, the system makes a phone call via GSM to the user phone number
that the SMS text message was sent from and the user answers the call.
Initiate remote
listening
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_MIC
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_MIC
Set microphone gain
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → MICROPHONE GAIN → OK
→ mg → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mg – microphone gain, range – [0... 15].
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → SPEAKER LEVEL → OK
→ sl → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; sl – speaker level, range – [0... 85].
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Set speaker level
ATTENTION:
Phone calls to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled
(see 30. MONITORING STATION).
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
107
26.SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS
The system supports an informational SMS text message identified as the Info SMS, which can be delivered upon request. Once requested,
the system will reply with Info SMS that provides the following:
•
System date and time.
•
System status: partition armed (ON)/disarmed (OFF).
•
GSM signal strength.
•
Mains power status.
•
Temperature of the area surrounding primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any).
•
State of zones (OK/alarm).
•
Name and status (ON/OFF) of PGM outputs.
Request for system
information
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
26.1.Periodic Info SMS
By default, the system sends Info SMS to User 1 phone number periodically once a day at 11:00 (frequency – 1 day; time – 11). The minimum period is every 1 hour (frequency – 0 days; time – 1). Typically, this feature is used to verify the power supply and online status of the
system.
To set a different frequency and time or disable periodic Info SMS, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set periodic Info SMS
frequency and time
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable periodic Info
SMS
SMS
EKB2
108
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO:fff:it
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; fff – frequency, range – [0... 99] days; it – time, range
– [0... 23].
Example: 1111_INFO:3.15
Menu path:
Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INFO SMS SCHEDULER → OK →
FREQUENCY (DAYS) → fff → OK
Time: ... → INFO SMS SCHEDULER → OK → TIME → it → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days; it – time, range –
[00... 23].
Enter parameter 11, time and frequency:
11it fff #
Value: it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days.
Example: 110412#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_INFO:00:00
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO:00.00
Menu path:
Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INFO SMS SCHEDULER → OK →
FREQUENCY (DAYS) → 0 → OK
Time: ... → INFO SMS SCHEDULER → OK → TIME → 0 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 11 and parameter status value:
11 00 00 #
Example: 110000#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: Unlike Info SMS upon request, periodic Info SMS text message does not include zone states, PGM output names and status.
26.2. SMS Forward
ESIM364 comes up with a feature, called SMS forward. The system allows user to forward any received message from devices’ SIM card to
the administrators’ mobile phone number. Using ELDES Configuration Tool software, open System section, where you’ll be able to configure and choose further options. There are 4 basic SMS forwarding options:
•
Forward All received SMS - if this option is enabled, then every single message, coming to devices’ SIM card, will be forwarded to the
administrators’ phone number.
•
Forward All received SMS from unknown users - allows user to receive only those messages, coming from unlisted phone numbers.
•
Forward All received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or wrong password - user will receive only those messages from
listed phone numbers, containing “wrong syntax” or “wrong password” notification.
•
Forward All received SMS from specified Phone Number - allows you to enter one specified phone number and exploit every single
message that comes from it to your devices’ SIM card.
By default, SMS forward feature is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.
Enable/disable SMS
forward
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: If a single forwarded SMS message size exceeds 160 characters, it won’t be transmitted properly.
ATTENTION: User is able to add the administrator phone number as a specified phone number (by enabling the option Forward All received
SMS from specified Phone Number ), but none of SMS messages will be forwarded to administrator himself in any case!
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
109
27.SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS
By default, in case of a certain event, the system attempts to send an SMS text message to the first listed user phone number only. If the
user phone number is unavailable and the system fails to receive the SMS delivery report during 45 seconds, it will attempt to send the SMS
text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be
unavailable due to the following reasons:
•
mobile phone was switched off.
•
was out of GSM signal coverage.
The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available.
The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.
To change the SMS text message delivery algorithm, user can enable/disable the following parameters for certain events:
•
Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously - This parameter determines whether to ignore the SMS delivery report or
not. Once enabled, the system will attempt to send the SMS text message to every listed user phone number that is enabled to receive
a certain event from the system by SMS text message. In addition, this parameter overrides the SMS delivery report parameter regardless of the SMS delivery report parameter’s status (enabled/disabled).
•
SMS delivery report - This parameter determines whether to request for SMS delivery report or not. Once disabled, the system will
not verify the status of the SMS text message delivery and will attempt to deliver the SMS text message only to the first listed user
phone number regardless if the next listed user phone number (-s) is enabled to receive a certain event by SMS text message or not.
When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL
SIM MANAGEMENT.
The following table provides the description of system notifications by SMS text message sent to the user phone number.
Seq. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Event
System armed
System disarmed
General alarm
Mains power loss/
restore
Battery failed
Battery dead
or missing
Low battery
Siren fail/restore
Date/time not set
GSM connection failed
GSM/GPRS antenna
fail/restore
Tamper alarm
Keypad failed
Temperature info
System started
Periodical info
Wireless signal loss/
restore
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Description
SMS text message sent to the user regarding armed system.
SMS text message sent to the user about disarmed system.
SMS text message sent to the user in case of system alarm occurrence.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the mains power is lost or restored
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
(battery requires replacement).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage
runs below 5V.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the siren is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
SMS text message sent to the user in case system date and time is not set.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM connection is lost.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken or
connected/broken.
SMS text message sent to the user in case of tamper violation. Indicated as Tamper x.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the keypad is disconnected/broken.
SMS text message sent to the user in case of temperature deviation by the set values.
SMS text message sent to the user on system startup.
Info SMS text message sent to the user periodically by the set values.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is lost or restored.. Indicated as No
wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored. From wless-dev
wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification does NOT apply to EWM1 device.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the system denies arming due to existing violated zone
(-s)/tamper (-s).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration
detected by EWF1CO is reached.
18
Unable to arm
19
CO level critical
20
Report/Control zone
triggered
SMS text message sent to the user in case the Report/Control-type zone is triggered.
21
Zone bypass
SMS text message sent to the user in case a violated zone is bypassed.
22
EWM1 wireless signal
loss/restore
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal with EWM1 device is lost or restored..
Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored.
From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification cannot be managed via EKB2.
110
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
To enable/disable a certain system notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable system
notification
EKB2
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Date/time not set:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
111
GSM connection failed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS
TO ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad failed:
User phone number: ... → KEYPAD FAILED→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → KEYPAD FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → KEYPAD FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Periodical info:
User phone number: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
112
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered:
User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #
General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #
Main power loss/restore
User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #
Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #
Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #
Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
113
Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 0 #
Date/time not set
User phone number: 25 10 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 0 #
GSM connection failed
User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 0 #
Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #
Keypad failed
User phone number: 25 14 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 0 #
Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 0 #
System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 0 #
Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 0 #
Wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #
Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 0 #
Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 20 0 #
114
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 0 #
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 22 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 0 #
Report/Control zone triggered
User phone number: 25 23 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2514020#
Config
Tool
Enable system
notification
EKB2
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
System armed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE→ OK
General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE→ OK
Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
115
Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Date/time not set
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM connection failed:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad failed:
User phone number: ... → KEYPAD FAILED→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → KEYPAD FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → KEYPAD FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
116
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Periodical info:
User phone number: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore:
User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered:
User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
status value:
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #
General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #
Main power loss/restore
User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
117
Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #
Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #
Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #
Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #
Date/time not set
User phone number: 25 10 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 1 #
GSM connection failed
User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #
Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #
Keypad failed
User phone number: 25 14 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 1 #
Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 1 #
System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 1 #
Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 1 #
Wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #
118
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 1 #
Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 120 1 #
CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 1 #
EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 22 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 1 #
Report/Control zone triggered
User phone number: 25 23 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2517041#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
27.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions
By default, the system is restricted to send out up to 25 SMS text messages daily and up to 400 SMS text messages monthly. To change the
limits or disable SMS text message delivery restrictions, please refer to the following configuration method.
Manage SMS text
message delivery
limits
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
When the daily or monthly SMS text message delivery limit is exceeded, the system will notify the administrator by SMS text message. The
limit counter will automatically reset once the date and time synchronization period takes effect (by default - every 30 days). Alternatively,
you can reset the limits by referring to the following configuration method.
Reset SMS text
message delivery limit
counter
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_REMOVEBAN
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_REMOVEBAN
NOTE: 0 value disables daily/monthly SMS text message delivery restrictions.
See also 9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization.
27.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number
An SMS center (SMSC) is a GSM network element, which routes SMS text messages to the destination user and stores the SMS text message
if the recipient is unavailable. Typically, the phone number of the SMS center is already stored in the SIM card provided by the GSM operator.
If the user fails to receive replies from the system, the SMS center phone number, provided by the GSM operator, must be set manually.
Set SMSC phone
number
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SMS_+ttteeellnnuumm
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits SMSC phone number.
Example: 1111_SMS_+44170311XXXX1
ATTENTION: Before setting the SMSC phone number, please check the credit balance of the system’s SIM card. The system will fail to reply
if the credit balance is insufficient.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
119
28.EVENT AND ALARM LOG
28.1.Event Log
The event log allows to chronologically register up to 500 timestamped records regarding the following system events:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
System start.
System arming/disarming.
Zone violated/restored.
Tamper violated/restored.
Zone bypassing.
Wireless device management.
Temperature deviation by MIN and MAX boundaries.
System faults.
The event log is of LIFO (last in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the the latest ones.
View event log
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → VIEW EVENT LOG → OK
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code.
To export the event log to .log file or clear it, please refer to the following configuration method.
Export/clear event log
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, event log is enabled. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disable event log
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Enable event log
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:
36 1 #
Config
Tool
EN
Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:
36 0 #
Example: 360#
Config
Tool
EKB3W
120
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.
Example: 361#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
28.2.Alarm Log
The alarm log provides a list of last 16 alarm events generated after last arming period. The alarm log can be viewed via EKB2 and includes
only the alarms of the partition that the user/master code is assigned to. Each alarm record includes alarm type, partition number and zone
number. When highlighted, the date and time of the alarm occurrence can be viewed at the bottom of EKB2 screen. In case of alarm,
icon
will appear in home screen view of EKB2. The alarm log auto-clears when the next system arming follows or after viewing it via the keypad.
View alarm log
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → ALARM LOG → OK
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code.
Syntax of alarm log record: [alarm-type P:p Z:nn]
Value: alarm-type - BURGLARY/FIRE/24H/SILENT/TAMPER/WS LOST, p - partition number, range - [1... 4], nn - zone/tamper number, range
- [1... 76].
#1 example of alarm log record: BURGLARY P:1 Z:1
Value: BURGLARY - Instant, Int. Follower or Delay-type zone alarm; P:1 - Partition 1; Z:1 - zone Z1.
#2 example of alarm log record: TAMPER P:2 Z:13
Value: TAMPER - tamper alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:13 - tamper 13.
#3 example of alarm log record: FIRE P:4 Z:9
Value: FIRE - Fire-type zone alarm; P:4 - Partition 4; Z:9 - zone Z9.
#4 example of alarm log record: WS LOST P:2 Z:14
Value: WS LOST - wireless signal loss alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:14 - tamper 14.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
121
29.INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS
The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by
SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number. By default the indication for all system faults is indicated on the keypad.
To disable/enable the indication of a certain system fault, please refer to the following configuration method.
Disable/enable
individual system fault
indication on keypad
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: After enabling/disabling a certain system fault indication, it is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and
powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART).
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
To comply with EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements, the system must be equipped with the following feature:
• System arming is blocked if any system fault exists. The user wil not be able to arm the system until all existing system
faults are solved.
For complete list of EN50131-1 Grade 3 standard requirements and how to enable/disable the associated features, please
refer to 35. EN 50131-1 GRADE 3.
icon displayed in home screen view indicates presence of system and/or EWM1 device faults. In order to view the currently
present system faults, please enter a valid user/master code to access menu section FAULTS. The description on each system
fault is provided in the table below.
EKB2
View system faults
Menu path:
OK → uumm → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Name
MAIN POWER LOSS
LOW BATTERY
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
BATTERY FAILED
SIREN FAILED
VIOLATED TAMPER
DATE/TIME NOT SET
GSM CONNECT FAILED
GSM ANTENNA FAILED
WLESS ANTENNA FAIL
KEYPAD LOST
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
EWM1 FAULT
WLESS BATT LOW
Description
Mains power is lost
Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
Siren is disconnected/broken
One or more tampers are violated
Date/time not set
GSM connection is lost
GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken
Keypad is disconnected/broken
Critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is
reached
One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing
EWM1 device faults.
Low wireless device battery power - battery level is running below 5%
Alternatively, existing EWM1 device faults can be viewed by accessing menu section FAULTS of the PGM output associated
with a certain EWM1 device.
View EWM1 faults
Name
OVERVOLTAGE
UNDERVOLTAGE
OVERCURRENT
RELAY FAULT
TEMP. FAULT
122
EN
Menu path:
OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a
certain EWM1 device.
Description
Voltage has increased above 260VAC
Voltage has dropped below 190VAC
Current has increased above 12,5A
Unable to power up the appliance due to faulty relay
Environmental temperature has dropped below -35°C (-31°F) or increased above
+90°C (+194°F)
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
In order to clear the existing faults, please press the
button on EWM1, turn OFF the electrical appliance or turn OFF the
wireless PGM output associated with EWM1. For more details on EWM1 device, please refer to 19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power
Socket.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Yellow LED SYSTEM indicates system faults. SYSTEM LED indications are mentioned in the table below.
SYSTEM LED
Steady ON
Flashing
Description
One or more tampers are violated; other system faults (see below)
One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z76) are violated
In order to find out more on the particular system fault, please enter command A provided below. After this procedure the system
will activate red zone LEDs for 15 seconds. The description on each LED indication is mentioned in the table below.
Zone LED
Description
1
Mains power is lost
2
Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
3
Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
4
Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
5
Siren is disconnected/broken
7
One or more tampers are violated
8
Date/time not set
9
One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z76) are violated
10
GSM connection is lost
11
GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
12
Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken
In order to find out which particular high-numbered zone is violated, please enter command B.
In order to find out which particular tamper is violated, please enter command C.
A. System fault indication - enter command:
[CODE#]
B. Violated high-numbered zone indication – enter command:
[CODE1]
C. Violated tamper indication – enter command:
[CODE2]
The number of violated high-numbered zone or tamper can be calculated using the table below according to the formula: number
from zone LED section B + number from zone LED section A.
Example: LED #3 from section A is flashing and LED #8 from section B is steady ON. According to the table below LED #8 is equal
to number 18, therefore 18 + 3 = 21.
Result: Violated high-numbered zone or tamper number is 21.
Zone LED section - A (flashing)
Zone LED 1 = 1
Zone LED 2 = 2
Zone LED 3 = 3
Zone LED 4 = 4
Zone LED 5 = 5
Zone LED 6 = 6
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Zone LED section - B (steady ON)
Zone LED 7 = 12
Zone LED 8 = 18
Zone LED 9 = 24
Zone LED 10 = 30
Zone LED 11 = 36
Zone LED 12 = 42
EN
123
30.MONITORING STATION
The system can be configured to report events to the monitoring station by transmitting data messages to the monitoring station. The
system connects to the monitoring station when the MS (Monitoring Station) mode is enabled.
When using the MS mode, the data messages transmitted to the monitoring station (see 30.1. Data Messages - Events) will gain the
highest priority for the delivery, therefore based on the communication method (see 30.2. Communication), a constant and stable connection with the monitoring station must be ensured. In case of connection failure, the system will attempt to restore the connection
and if the monitoring is unavailable for a lengthy period of time, the system might consume a large amount of voice calls/data resulting in
additional charges applied by the GSM operator according to the cell phone service plan.
Enable MS mode
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SCNSET:ON
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SCNSET:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Disable MS mode
Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:
23 1 #
Example: 231#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SCNSET:OFF
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SCNSET:OFF
EKB2
Menu path:
OK →iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:
23 0 #
Example: 230#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Account is a 4-digit number (By default – 9999) required to identify the alarm system unit by the monitoring station. Server 2 Account and
Server 3 Account are used only when GPRS network method is selected and when necessary to set up to 3 server IP addresses (see 30.2.1.
GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM)
Set account
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
124
EN
Menu path:
Main Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Server 2 Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER2 →
OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Server 3 Account: ... → SERVER3 → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; cccc – 4-digit account number.
Enter parameter 27 and account number/parameter 96, parameter number and
account number:
Main Account: 27 cccc #
Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc #
Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc #
Value: cccc – 4-digit account number.
Example: 278853#
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: The system will NOT send any data to the monitoring station while remote connection, remote firmware update or remote
listening/2-way voice communication is in progress. However, during the remote connection session or remote listening/2-way voice communication process, the data messages will be queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the remote connection session or
remote listening/2-way voice communication process is over, while during the remote firmware update process NO data will be queued up
and all data messages will be lost.
ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled.
NOTE: Additional charges may apply for voice calls/data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using the MS mode.
30.1.Data Messages – Events
The configuration of data messages is based on Ademco Contact ID protocol. The data messages can either be transmitted to the monitoring station alone or with duplication by SMS text message to listed user phone number. For more details on system notifications by SMS text
message, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
Seq. No.
Event Code
Event
Description
1
1110
Fire alarm
Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is violated.
2
3110
Fire restore
Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is restored.
3
1121
Disarmed by user (Duress
code)
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by Duress code.
4
3121
Armed by user (Duress code)
Transmitted in case the system is armed by Duress code.
5
1130
Burglary alarm
Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay
countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is violated.
6
3130
Burglary restore
Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is restored.
7
1133
24-Hour zone alarm
Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is violated.
8
3133
24-Hour zone restore
Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is restored.
9
1144
Tamper alarm
Transmitted in case the tamper is violated.
10
3144
Tamper restore
Transmitted in case the tamper is restored.
11
1146
Panic/Silent zone alarm
Transmitted in case of zone of Panic/Silent type is violated
12
3146
Panic/Silent zone restore
Transmitted in case of zone of Panic/Silent type is restored.
13
1150
Report/Control zone trigger
Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is triggered.
14
3150
Report/Control zone restore
Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is restored.
15
1158
Temperature risen
Transmitted in case of the temperature has increased above the MAX set value.
16
1159
Temperature fallen
Transmitted in case of temperature has decreased below the MIN set value.
17
1162
CO level critical
Transmitted in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration
detected by EWF1CO is reached.
18
1301
Mains power loss
Transmitted in case the mains power is lost.
19
3301
Mains power restore
Transmitted in case the mains power is restored.
20
1302
Low battery
Transmitted in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower / the wireless
device battery level runs below 5%.
21
1308
System shutdown
When the system is running on backup battery power, it transmits the data
message before the backup battery power is fully depleted.
22
1309
Battery failed
Transmitted in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher.
23
1311
Battery dead or missing
Transmitted in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage
runs below 5V.
24
3311
Battery connection restore
Transmitted in case the backup battery connection is fixed.
25
1321
Siren fail
Transmitted in case the siren is disconnected/broken.
26
3321
Siren restore
Transmitted in case the siren is connected/fixed.
27
1330
Keypad fail
Transmitted in case the keypad is disconnected/broken.
28
3330
Keypad restore
Transmitted in case the keypad is connected/fixed
29
1354
GPRS connection loss
Transmitted in case the GPRS connection is lost.
30
1358
GSM connection failed
Transmitted in case the GSM connection is lost.
31
1359
GSM/GPRS antenna fail
Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
125
32
3359
GSM/GPRS antenna restore
Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is connected/fixed.
33
1380
CO sensor lifetime exceeded
Transmitted in case the lifetime of EWF1CO built-in CO sensor is expired.
34
1381
Wireless signal loss
Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is lost.
35
3381
Wireless signal restore
Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is restored.
36
1401
Disarmed by user
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed.
37
3401
Armed by user
Transmitted in case the system is armed.
38
1441
Disarmed in Stay mode
Transmitted in case the system is disarmed in Stay mode.
39
3441
Armed in Stay mode
Transmitted in case the system is armed in Stay mode.
40
3456
Armed by user (partial arm)
Transmitted in case the system is armed, while violated zone (-s) with Force
attribute enabled exist.
41
3463
SGS code entered
Transmitted in case the SGS code is entered.
42
1570
Zone bypassed
Transmitted in case a violated zone is bypassed.
43
3570
Bypassed zone activated
Transmitted in case a bypassed zone is activated.
44
3602
Test event/Kronos ping
Transmitted for system online status verification purposes.
45
3626
Date/time not set
Transmitted in case system date and time is not set.
46
1900
System started
Transmitted on system startup.
The following table refers to user IDs included in arm/disarm data messages.
Type
User Phone Number 1
User Phone Number 2
User Phone Number 3
User Phone Number 4
User Phone Number 5
User Phone Number 6
User Phone Number 7
User Phone Number 8
User Phone Number 9
User Phone Number 10
iButton 1
iButton 2
iButton 3
iButton 4
iButton 5
ID
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Type
User Code 7
User Code 8
User Code 9
User Code 10
User Code 11
User Code 12
User Code 13
User Code 14
User Code 15
User Code 16
User Code 17
User Code 18
User Code 19
User Code 20
User Code 21
ID
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
iButton 6
iButton 7
iButton 8
iButton 9
iButton 10
iButton 11
iButton 12
iButton 13
iButton 14
iButton 15
iButton 16
Master Code
User Code 2
User Code 3
User Code 4
User Code 5
User Code 6
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
User Code 22
User Code 23
User Code 24
User Code 25
User Code 26
User Code 27
User Code 28
User Code 29
User Code 30
Remote Code (EGR100)
KeyFob 1
KeyFob 2
KeyFob 3
KeyFob 4
KeyFob 5
Arm/Disarm by Zone Z1-Z76
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
87
88
89
90
91
163-239
126
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Disable data message
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB2
Menu path:
Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → DISABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad fail/restore: ... → KEYPAD FAIL/REST → OK → DISABLE → OK
GPRS connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS→ OK → DISABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC→ OK → DISABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: : ... → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
127
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
128
EN
Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
24 01 0 # – Burglary alarm/restore
24 02 0 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 0 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 0 # – Test event
24 05 0 # – Battery failed
24 06 0 # –Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 0 # – Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 0 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 0 # – Kronos ping
24 10 0 # – System started
24 13 0 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 0 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 0 # – Low battery
24 16 0 # –Temperature risen
24 17 0 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 0 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 0 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 0 # – SGS code entered
24 21 0 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 0 # – Siren fail/restore
24 24 0 # –Date/time not set
24 25 0 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 0 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 0 # – System shutdown
24 28 0 #– Keypad fail/restore
24 29 0 # – GPRS connection failed
24 31 0 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 0 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 0 # – CO level critical
24 34 0 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 0 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
Example: 24080#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Enable data message
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EKB2
Menu path:
Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK →ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → ENABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad fail/restore: ... → KEYPAD FAIL/REST → OK → ENABLE → OK
GPRS connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC→ OK → ENABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: : ... → ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EN
129
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
130
EN
Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
24 01 1 # – Burglary alarm/restore
24 02 1 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 1 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 1 # – Test event
24 05 1 # – Battery failed
24 06 1 # – Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 1 # – Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 1 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 1 # – Kronos ping
24 10 1 # – System started
24 13 1 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 1 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 1 # – Low battery
24 16 1 # – Temperature risen
24 17 1 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 1 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 1 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 1 # – SGS code entered
24 21 1 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 1 # – Siren fail/restore
24 24 1 # –Date/time not set
24 25 1 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 1 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 1 # – System shutdown
24 28 1 # – Keypad fail/restore
24 29 1 # – GPRS connection failed
24 31 1 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 1 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 1 # – CO level critical
24 34 1 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 1 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
Example: 24031#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
30.2.Communication
The system supports the following communication methods and protocols:
•
GPRS network – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).
•
Voice calls (GSM audio channel) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
•
CSD (Circuit Switched Data).
•
PSTN (landline) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
•
SMS – Cortex SMS format.
•
ELAN3-ALARM – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007; configurable as encrypted and non-encrypted).
Any communication method can be set as primary or backup connection. The user can set up to 5 backup connections in any sequence order.
Initially, the system communicates via primary connection with the monitoring station. By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data is
unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system
will follow this pattern:
a) The system switches to the backup connection that follows in the sequence (presumably - Backup 1).
b) The system then attempts to transmit data by the backup connection.
c) If the initial attempt is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered.
d) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts, it will switch to the next backup connection in the sequence (presumably - Back­
up 2) and will continue to operate as described in the previous steps. The connection is considered unsuccessful under the following
conditions:
• GPRS network/ELAN3-ALARM – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.
• Voice calls:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• CSD – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 35 seconds.
• PSTN:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• SMS – The system has not received the SMS delivery report from the SMSC (Short Message Service Center) within 45 seconds.
e) If one of the attempts is successful, the system will transmit all queued up data messages by this connection.
f) The system then returns to the primary connection and attempts to transmit the next data messages by primary connection.
g) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections, it will wait until the Delay after last communication attempt
time (By default – 600 seconds) expires and will return to the primary connection afterwards.
h) If a new data message, except Test Event (ping), is generated during Delay after last communication attempt time, the system will
immediately attempt to transmit it to the monitoring station, regardless of Delay after last communication attempt being in progress.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
131
PRIMARY
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
Switches to BACKUP 1
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
All attempts failed
One of the attempts is successful
Switches to BACKUP 2
Transmits all queued up data
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
Returns to PRIMARY
All attempts failed
One of the attempts is successful
Switches to BACKUP 3
Transmits all queued up data
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
Returns to PRIMARY
All attempts failed
One of the attempts is successful
Switches to BACKUP 4
Transmits all queued up data
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
Returns to PRIMARY
All attempts failed
One of the attempts is successful
Switches to BACKUP 5
Transmits all queued up data
Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data
Returns to PRIMARY
All attempts failed
One of the attempts is successful
Waits for 600 seconds
Transmits all queued up data
Delay after last communication attempt
Returns to PRIMARY
Returns to PRIMARY
NOTE: The number of attempts, indicated in the diagram, are default and depends on the determined communication method.
NOTE: When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to
31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.
132
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Set primary connection
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Set backup connection
1... 5
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PRIMARY CONNECTION
→ OK → IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → ELAN3-ALARM → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 48 and communication method number:
48 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
48 1 # – Voice calls
48 3 # – CSD
48 4 # – PSTN
48 5 # – SMS
48 6 # – ELAN3-ALARM
48 7 # – GPRS network - Server 2
48 8 # – GPRS network - Server 3
Example: 484#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → BACKUP CONNECTION1...
5 → OK → IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → ELAN3-ALARM → OK
connection not in use: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → N/A → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 83, backup connection slot number and communication method
number:
83 bb 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
83 bb 1 # – Voice calls
83 bb 3 # – CSD
83 bb 4 # – PSTN
83 bb 5 # – SMS
83 bb 6 # – ELAN3-ALARM
83 bb 7 # – GPRS network - Server 2
83 bb 8 # – GPRS network - Server 3
Value: bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].
Example: 83024#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
133
If all attempts by all set connections are unsuccessful, the system will wait until the delay time (By default – 600 seconds) expires and will
attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station again starting with the primary connection.
Set delay after last
communication
attempt
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DELAY LAST ATTEMPT → OK → aaapp → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0...
65535] seconds.
EKB3/
Enter parameter 69 and duration of delay after last attempt:
69 aaapp #
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Value: aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 69200#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: 0 value disables delay after last communication attempt.
NOTE: The system is fully compatible with Kronos NET/Kronos LT monitoring station software for communication via GPRS network. When
using a different monitoring station software, EGR100 middleware is required. EGR100 is freeware and can be downloaded at www.eldes.lt/
en/download
30.2.1.GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM
The system supports up to 3 server IP addresses (applies to GPRS network method only) for data transmission to the monitoring station via
IP-based networks by GPRS network or Ethernet connection using ELAN3-ALARM device. The supported data formats are the following:
•
EGR100
•
Kronos
•
SIA IP
To set up the system for data transmission via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1.
Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2.
Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION). If GPRS network is selected, you may set the Account for up
to 3 servers individually.
3.
Set Server 1 IP address, which is a public IP address of the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based monitoring station
software. If GPRS network method is selected, you can set up to 3 server IP addresses in total.
4.
Set Server 1 port, which is a port of the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based monitoring station software. If GPRS network is selected, you may set the port for up to 3 servers individually.
5.
Select TCP or UDP protocol for Server 1. UDP is highly recommended for EGR100 and SIA IP data format. If GPRS network is selected,
you may select the protocol for up to 3 servers individually.
6.
Select data format for Server 1: EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP. If GPRS network is selected, you may select the data format for up to 3
servers individually.
7.
In case EGR100 is selected, set 4-digit Unit ID numbers. Unit ID number can be identical to Account number. If GPRS network is
selected, you may set the Unit ID for up to 3 servers individually.
8.
When using GPRS network connection, it is necessary to set up APN, user name and password provided by the GSM operator. Depending on the GSM operator, only APN might be required to set up .
9.
In case EGR100 is selected, for security reasons it is highly recommended to set up the 4-digit encryption key matching the 4-digit
encryption key set up in EGR100 middle-ware. In case of encryption key mismatch, the data delivered by the system will be rejected
by EGR100 middle-ware. By default, the encryption key is not used.
10.
In case GPRS network method is selected and more than one server IP address is set up, you may wish to enable parallel data transmission to all IP addresses simultaneously. By default, this feature is disabled, therefore the system will switch to the next IP address
(if set up and selected in the connection priority sequence) in the event of failed connection with the previous server.
For detailed step-by-step instructions on how to establish the communication between ESIM364 alarm system and EGR100 middleware,
please refer to the middleware’s HELP file.
NOTE: ELAN3-ALARM method supports data transmission to Server IP 1 address ONLY. Data transmission to multiple server IP addresses is
NOT supported by this method.
134
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Set server IP address
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:IP:add.add.add.add
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; add.add.add.add – server IP address.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1 → OK →
SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – server IP address.
Enter parameter 40 and server IP address/parameter 96, parameter number and
server IP address:
Server 1: 40 add add add add #
Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #
Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #
Value: add add add add – server IP address.
Example: 40065082119005#
Config
Tool
Set server port
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:PORT:pprrt
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PORT:5521
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1 → SERVER
PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Enter parameter 44 and server port number/parameter 96, parameter number and
port number:
Server 1: 44 pprrt #
Server 2: 96 04 pprrt #
Server 3: 96 05 pprrt #
Value: pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 443365#
Set DNS1 server IP
address
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS1 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – DNS1 server IP address.
EKB3/
Enter parameter 41 and DNS1 server IP address:
41 add add add add #
EKB3W
Config
Tool
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Value: add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.
Example: 41065082119001#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
135
Set DNS2 server IP
address
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS2 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – DNS2 server IP address.
EKB3/
Enter parameter 42 and DNS2 server IP address:
42 add add add add #
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Set protocol
SMS
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Set data format as
Kronos, EGR100 or
SIA IP
Manage SIA IP data
format parameters
Set encryption key
for EGR100 data
format
Value: add add add add – DNS2 server IP address.
Example: 41065082119002#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:ptc
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ptc – protocol, range – [TCP... UDP].
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1→ OK →
PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → OK → PROTOCOL→ OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → OK → PROTOCOL→ OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 43 and protocol number/parameter 96, parameter number and
protocol number:
Server 1: 43 0 # - TCP | 43 1 # - UDP
Server 2: 96 06 0 # - TCP | 96 06 1 # - UDP
Server 3: 96 07 0 # - TCP | 96 07 1 # - UDP
Example: 431#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
ATTENTION: It is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34.
REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART) after changing the IP address or switching from TCP to UDP.
NOTE: Kronos NET/Kronos LT software communicates via TCP protocol, while EGR100 middle-ware v1.2 and up supports both – TCP and UDP
protocols. However, TCP protocol is NOT recommend to use with EGR100.
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet method is unsuccessful, the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in
the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
136
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Set attempts
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1 → OK → IP
ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; att – number of attempts, range – [1... 255].
Enter parameter 68 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number
and number of attempts:
Server 1: 68 att #
Server 2: 96 08 att #
Server 3: 96 09 att #
Value: att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255].
Example: 6809#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To report the online status, the system periodically transmits (By default – every 180 seconds) Test Event data message (ping) to the
monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet.
Set test period
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1 → OK → TEST
PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Enter parameter 46 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number
and number of attempts:
Server 1: 46 tteessttpp #
Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #
Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp #
Value: tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 46120#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: 0 value disables test period. However, disabling the test period is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED.
Unit ID is a 4-digit number (By default – 0000) required to identify the alarm system unit by EGR100 middle-ware. It is MANDATORY to
change the default Unit ID before using EGR100.
Set unit ID
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Menu path:
Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1 → OK → UNIT
ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; unid – 4-digit unit ID number.
Enter parameter 47 and unit ID number/parameter 96, parameter number and unit
ID number:
Server 1: 47 unid #
Server 2: 96 14 unid #
Server 3: 96 15 unid #
Value: unid – 4-digit unit ID number.
Example: 472245#
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
137
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
For communication via GPRS network, the GPRS parameters provided by the GSM operator are necessary to be set up. To set those parameters, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Set APN
SMS
Config
Tool
Set user name
SMS
Config
Tool
Set password
SMS
Config
Tool
View IP and GPRS
network settings
SMS
EKB2
Config
Tool
138
EN
SMS text message content:
ssss_SETGPRS:APN:acc-point-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; acc-point-name – up to 31 character APN (Access Point
Name) provided by the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:APN:internet
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_SETGPRS:USER:usr-name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; usr-name – up to 31 character user name provided by
the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_USER:mobileusr
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_SETGPRS:PSW:password
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; password – up to 31 character password provided by
the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS text message content:
ssss_SETGPRS?
Example: 1111_SETGPRS?
Menu path:
Server IP: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1.. 3 → OK →
SERVER IP
Server port: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1.. 3 → OK
→ SERVER PORT
DNS1: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS1
DNS2: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS2
Protocol: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER1.. 3 → OK →
PROTOCOL
APN: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → APN
User name: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → USERS
Password: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → PASSWORD
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Enable parallel data
transmission
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Disable parallel data
transmission
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.SETTINGS → OK →
PARAL.DS.MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
96 01 1 #
Example: 96011#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.SETTINGS → OK →
PARAL.DS.MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
96 01 0 #
Example: 96010#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
30.2.2.Voice Calls and SMS
The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by Voice Calls or SMS communication method using Ademco Contact ID or Cortex SMS data format respectively. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as
backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
•
International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when
setting up the phone number by ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad.
•
Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and ELDES Config­
uration Tool software.
To set up the system for data transmission via Voice Calls or SMS, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.
Set monitoring station
phone number
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone
number.
Enter parameter 26, phone number slot and phone number:
26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 26010044170911XXXX1#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EN
139
Delete monitoring
station phone number
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via Voice Calls or SMS method is unsuccessful, the
system will make up to 4 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will continue to communicate with the monitoring station by switching to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and making up to 4 additional attempts if the initial attempt is unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows
in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK →
at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
EKB3W
Enter parameter 37 and number of attempts:
37 at #
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 3706#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB3/
Due to the individual configuration of each monitoring station, the system may fail to deliver the data message via Voice Calls communication method. In such cases it is recommended to adjust the microphone gain until the optimal value, leading to successful data message
delivery, is discovered.
Set microphone gain
140
EN
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → MICROPHONE GAIN → OK
→ mg → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mg – microphone gain, range – [0... 15].
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
30.2.3.PSTN
The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by PSTN communication meth­od
using Ademco Contact ID data format. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
•
International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad and ELDES Configuration Tool software.
To set up the system for data transmission via PSTN, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.
Set monitoring station
phone number
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Delete monitoring
station phone number
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK →
ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station
phone number.
Enter parameter 58, phone number slot and phone number:
58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 58020044170911XXXX1#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via PSTN method is unsuccessful, the system
will make up to 4 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will switch to the next phone number that follows
in the sequence and will make up to 4 additional attempts if the initial attempt is unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are
unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is
successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
EKB3/
Enter parameter 91 and number of attempts:
91 at #
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 9108#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Alternatively, the phone number entries can be treated as phone numbers for receiving calls in case of alarm. For more details on how this
method operates, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
141
To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.
Enable/disable Treat
PSTN Call as User Call
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
30.2.4.CSD
The system supports up to 5 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by CSD communication method.
Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other four can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number
formats are the following:
•
International (with plus) – The phone number must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following
format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up
the phone number by ELDES Configuration Tool software.
•
International (with 00) – The phone number must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following ž
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W keypad.
To set up the system for data transmission via CSD, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 5.
Set monitoring station
phone number
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Delete monitoring
station phone number
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK →
ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone
number.
Enter parameter 85, number of entry and phone number:
85 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone number.
Example: 85010044170911XXXX1#
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s phone number via CSD method is unsuccessful, the system will
make up to 4 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the
sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.
Set attempts
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
142
EN
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].
Enter parameter 84 and number of attempts:
84 at #
Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 8403#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
31.DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT
The Dual-SIM feature allows the system to operate with one of the two inserted SIM cards identified as Primary SIM and Secondary SIM
respectively. The Primary SIM card works as the main default card, while the Secondary SIM card is intended for backup purposes or addition
to the Primary SIM card - SMS text message sending/calling to the listed user phone number and/or communication with the monitoring
station.
The Dual-SIM feature can operate in one of the following modes:
•
Disabled – The Secondary SIM card will not be functional and the system operates with Primary SIM card only (by default – enabled).
•
Automatic – The system switches between the SIM cards in case of a GSM connection or one of the SIM cards failure.
•
Manual – Provides a fully customizable set up of switching between the SIM cards. FOR ADVANCED USERS ONLY!
Manage Dual -SIM
feature
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Regardless of the selected mode, only one of the two SIM cards can operate at the same time.
31.1. Disabled Mode
Disabled mode is the default system mode that does not involve the Secondary SIM in the communication process. When this mode is in
use, the system will ignore the Secondary SIM card even if inserted in the SIM card slot.
For more details on how the system communicates with the user and the monitoring station in Disabled mode, please refer to 17. ALARM
INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER and 30.2. Communication respectively.
31.2. Automatic Mode
Automatic mode involves both SIM cards in the communication process. In this mode there is no Primary or Secondary SIM card hierarchy,
since both cards are equal and the SIM card that is currently in use maintains the GSM connection at all time, unless a failure occurs and the
other card would replace the previous one.
When one of the SIM card fails, the system attempts to re-establish a connection with it by starting an initial reconnection for a set number
of attempts (by default - 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the system will switch to the other SIM card. If the other SIM card is responsive and
a GSM connection is successfully established, the system will remain operating with that SIM card until it fails. However, if the other SIM
card is unresponsive or it is not present in the SIM card slot, the system will return to the previous SIM card and attempt to establish a GSM
connection with it. If the system fails to carry out this action, after a single attempt it will switch to the other SIM card. This cycle continues
until one of the SIM cards responds and a GSM connection is successfully established. When the SIM card fails, the system will once again
attempt to restore the GSM connection for a set number of attempts (by default – 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the cycle will continue as
described previously.
In Automatic mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text
message occurs , the system will send the SMS text message via the SIM card that is currently in use. This can only be carried out under
the following conditions:
•
among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).
•
while switching the monitoring station connections.
•
while switching between the SIM cards.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Automatic mode, when used.
31.3. Manual Mode
Manual mode allows to use both - Primary and Secondary SIM cards and fully customize the algorithm of the communication. The system
can be set up to send SMS text messages/call to the listed user phone number and/or communicate with the monitoring station as follows:
•
Primary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Primary SIM card.
•
Secondary SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the Secondary SIM card.
•
Currently in use SIM – Determines that the SMS text messages/calls/data will be transmitted via the SIM card that the system is
currently switched to - either Primary or the Secondary SIM card.
•
Return to Primary SIM Enabled – Determines that the Primary SIM card will be the main SIM card of the system. If it is set up to use
the Secondary SIM in the communication process, the system will do so, but after completing the task via the Secondary SIM card, the
system will always return to the Primary SIM card
•
Try to find operator for a maximum of x times – Determines the maximum number of attempts the system should attempt to
re-establish a GSM connection on the current SIM card in case of unsuccessful initial attempt (by default – 3 attempts).
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
143
In Manual mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text
message via one of the SIM cards, occurs , the system will switch to the requested SIM card and send the SMS text message. This can only
be carried out under the following conditions:
•
•
•
among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).
while switching the monitoring station connections.
while switching between the SIM cards.
Example: System settings are the following:
Dual SIM Management:
•
Manual Mode selected
•
Return to Primary SIM – Disabled.
•
Send SMS / Call via – Secondary SIM.
MS Settings – Communication:
•
Primary – Voice Calls via Secondary SIM.
•
Backup1 – CSD via Primary SIM.
•
Backup2 – GPRS Network via Primary SIM.
Let’s say, the system is configured to send an SMS text message to user phone number in case of a Fire Zone Alarm and to transmit data to
the monitoring station when the system is ARMED. The system is currently switched to the Primary SIM card. The system will follow this
pattern:
a) The user arms the system followed by system switching to the Secondary SIM and attempting to transmit data to the monitoring station via the Primary connection, which is Voice Calls communication method, but fails.
b) The system then switches to the Primary SIM and attempts to transmit data via Backup1 connection, which is CSD communication
method, but fails again.
c) During the event described in step b), a Fire Zone Alarm occurs. The system will switch to the Secondary SIM and attempt to send the
SMS text message to the user regarding this event.
d) The system continues with the data transmission to the monitoring station by switching back to Primary SIM and attempting to transmit data via Backup2 connection, which is GPRS Network communication method, and succeeds.
e) In case of occurrence of a new event, the alarm system will switch back to the Primary connection (Voice Calls) and to the Secondary
SIM card and will attempt to transmit the data to the monitoring station.
NOTE: If the Return to Primary SIM parameter is enabled, the system would return to the Primary SIM after each data transmission.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Manual mode, when used.
144
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
32.WIRED DEVICES
32.1. RS485 Interface
The system comes equipped with RS485 interface used for the communication with the following devices:
•
EKB2 - LCD keypad. Up to 4 units supported..
•
EKB3 - LED keypad. Up to 4 units supported..
•
EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module. Up to 2 units.
•
ELAN3-ALARM - Ethernet communicator. 1 unit supported.
The terminals of RS485 interface are Y (yellow wire) and G (green wire) terminals, which are data bus. The devices, connected to RS485
interface, must be powered from the AUX+ and AUX- terminals or by an external power supply.
For more details on RS485 device wiring, please refer to 3.2.7. RS485.
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
32.1.1. EKB2 - LCD Keypad
Main features:
•
Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code).
•
Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
•
System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
•
PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
•
System information display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
•
Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
•
Wireless device information display (see 19.2. Wireless Device Information and Signal Status Monitoring).
•
Temperature display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
•
Time display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
145
32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages
Icon / Message
Description
(by default - disabled)
Partition is armed and
menu is locked
(by default - disabled)
Partition is disarmed and
menu is unlocked
Configuration mode activated
Zone or tamper alarm in
partition
48
Digital clock
GSM signal
strength
Partition is ready to be
armed.
Partition is not ready
to be armed – one or
more zones / tampers
violated.
One or more system
faults present
One or more violated
zones bypassed
One or more partitions
STAY-armed
Temperature
Custom keypad
partition title
System
fault (-s) is
present
Home screen
view
20,2 C
0
GARAGE
KITCHEN
BEDROOM
CORRIDOR
00:45
System status and alarm
indication
Bypassed
violated zone
(-s)
System
STAY-armed
Fire-type
zone violated
One or more Fire-type
zones violated
Alarms in alarm log
present
SERVICE MODE
146
EN
Service mode activated
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree
HOME SCREEN VIEW
P2
user or master code
OK
uumm
mmmm
part-name... part-name
master code
ARM/DIS PARTITION
part-name... part-name
ARM ALL
ARM ALL
DISARM ALL
DISARM ALL
user code
uuuu
ARM/DIS PARTITION
BYPASS
BYP VIOLATED ZONES
part-name... part-name
BYPASS LIST 1
ARM ALL
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
DISARM ALL
BYPASS LIST 2
BYPASS
BYPASS LIST 3
BYPASS LIST 1
BYPASS LIST 4
BYPASS LIST 2
BYPASS LIST 5
BYPASS LIST 3
Z69-zone-name...
Z76-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z52-zone-name...
Z68-zone-name
Z52-zone-name...
Z68-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z35-zone-name...
Z51-zone-name
Z35-zone-name...
Z51-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z18-zone-name...
Z34-zone-name
Z18-zone-name...
Z34-zone-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
BYP VIOLATED ZONES
Z1-zone-name...
Z17-zone-name
Z1-zone-name...
Z17-zone-name
Z1-zone-name... Z76-zone-name
VIOLATED ZONES
BYPASS LIST 4
VIOLATED TAMPERS
tamp-name... tamp-name
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z69-zone-name...
Z76-zone-name
PGM OUTPUTS
BYPASS LIST 5
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
Z1-zone-name... Z76-zone-name
tamp-name... tamp-name
EWM1
ON | OFF
REAL TIME ENERGY
VIOLATED TAMPERS
TODAY ENERGY
FAULTS
MONTHLY ENERGY
FAULTS
Continued in next page
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
ON | OFF
out-name
STATUS
VIOLATED ZONES
BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY
FAILED | SIREN FAILED | GSM CONNECT FAILED | GSM/GPRS ANTENNA
FAILED | VIOLATED TAMPER | MAIN
POWER LOSS | DATE/TIME NOT SET |
LOW BATTERY | WLESS SIGNAL LOST
| KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL CRITICAL
| EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT LOW
out-name
JANUARY | FEBRUARY | MARCH
APRIL | MAY | JUNE | JULY | AUGUST | SEPTEMBER | OCTOBER
NOVEMBER | DECEMBER
OVERVOLTAGE | UNDERVOLTAGE | OVERCURRENT | RELAY FAULT | TEMP. FAULT
RESET COUNTER
YES | NO
EN
147
TEMP SENSORS INFO
Continued from
previous page
mmmm
1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
DATE/TIME SETTINGS
uuuu
yyyy-mt-dd hh-mn
FAULTS
ALARM LOG
BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY
FAILED | SIREN FAILED
| GSM CONNECT FAILED | GSM/GPRS
ANTENNA FAILED |
VIOLATED TAMPER | MAIN POWER
LOSS | DATE/TIME NOT
SET | LOW BATTERY | WLESS SIGNAL
LOST | KEYPAD LOST | EWM1 FAULT
DATE/TIME SETTINGS
yyyy-mt-dd hh-mn
TEMP SENSORS INFO
1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
VIEW EVENT LOG
CODES
codes
BYP VIOLATED ZONES
MASTER CODE
[0000... 9999]
CODE
pv
PARTITION
partition value
USER CODE (2-17)
USER CODE 2... 17
[0000... 9999]
CODE
PARTITION
[0000... 9999]
USER CODE (18-30)
USER CODE 18... 30
CODE
[0000... 9999]
PARTITION
DURESS CODE
SGS CODE
[0000... 9999]
N/A | MASTER CODE
| USER CODE 2... 10
N/A | MASTER CODE | USER CODE 2... 10
REMOVE CODE
[0000... 9999]
ALARM LOG
148
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree
HOME SCREEN VIEW
OK
installer code
iiii
PRIMARY SETTINGS
GSM USER 1... 10
USERS
CALL/SMS SETTINGS
PHONE NUMBER
15 digits
ttteeellnnuumm
PARTITION
partition value
pv
CALL IN CASE ALARM
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM USER 1... 10
CTRL FROM ANY NUM
[0000... 9999]
INSTALLER CODE
[0000... 9999]
[0001... 9999]
yyyy-mt-dd hh-mn
days
[0... 99]
ZONES
MASTER CODE
ONBOARD ZONES
SMS PASSWORD
ZONE 1... 12
DATE/TIME SETTINGS
NAME
INFO SMS SCHEDULER
STATUS
FREQUENCY (DAYS)
hour
[0... 23]
TYPE
TIME
DISABLE / ENABLE
ENTRY DELAY
EVENT LOG
STAY
TEMP SENSORS
°C
[-55... 125]
TEMP. MIN
[-55... 125]
TEMP. MAX
[1... 65535]
seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8
°C
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
PARTITION
FORCE
pv
partition value
DISABLE | ENABLE
WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4
NAME
WIRELESS ZONE 13... 76
PRIMARY TEMP SENS
NAME
SECOND. TEMP SENS
STATUS
EXIT DELAY
seconds
[0... 600]
SIREN SETTINGS
minutes
[1... 10]
TYPE
PARTITION 1... 4
ALARM DURATION
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR |
DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT
ENTRY DELAY
Continued in next page
STAY
[1... 65535]
seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
EN
149
SRN IF WLESS LOSS
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
WIRELESS
ZONE 13... 76
DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONES
BELL SQUAWK STAY
Continued from
previous page
iiii
DISABLE | ENABLE
PRIMARY SETTINGS
BELL SQUAWK
SIREN SETTINGS
DISABLE | ENABLE
EWS2 LED
seconds
TYPE
STAY
RESTORE DELAY
PARTITION SWITCH
FORCE
DISABLE | ENABLE
1... 16. EPGM1 ZONE 13... 28
NAME
STATUS
PARTITION SWITCH
[1] EKB2 | NOT USED...
[4] EKB2 | NOT USED
TYPE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY
EKB3W PARTITION
STAY
EKB3W wless-id | NOT USED
[1... 65535]
seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
GSM AUDIO
PARTITION
MICROPHONE GAIN
[0... 100]
partition value
pv
EPGM1 ZONES 1-16
[1] EKB2 | NOT USED...
[4] EKB2 | NOT USED
[0... 15]
seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
PARTITION
PARTITION SWITCH
PARTITION 1... 2
[1... 65535]
TAMPER NAME
KEYPAD PARTITION
PARTITION 1... 4
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY
LOSS DELAY
KEYPAD PARTITION
PARTITION 1... 4
DISABLE | ENABLE
STATUS
EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
NAME
EWS3 ALARM LED
[0... 65535]
FORCE
partition value
pv
1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE
EWS3 FIRE LED
[0... 65535]
PARTITION
KEYPAD ZONES
MAIN POWER STATUS
seconds
TAMPER NAME
FORCE
SPEAKER LEVEL
partition value
pv
DISABLE | ENABLE
EPGM1 ZONES 17-32
wless-dev wless-id
ERROR RATE
FW RELEASE
DISABLE | ENABLE
WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2
SIGNAL
NEW IBUTTON
NAME
BATTERY
STATUS
IBUTTON KEYS
IBUTTON 1... 16
REMOVE
partition value
PARTITION
STAY
GPRS SETTINGS
PASSWORD
USER
APN
Continued in next page
150
EN
TYPE
DISABLE | ENABLE
INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
ENTRY DELAY
ID
pv
PROFILE
17... 32. EPGM1 ZONE 29... 44
[1... 65535]
seconds
DISABLE | ENABLE
TAMPER NAME
PARTITION
pv
partition value
FORCE
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
iiii
ZONES
TYPE 1... 3
PARAL.DS.MODE
ZONE TYPE:ATZ MODE
TYPE 4... 5
ACCOUNT ID IP2... 3
ARM/DISARM BY ZONE
ZONE 1... 4
DISABLE | ENABLE
[0000... 9999]
DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONE TYPE:6-ZONE M
PARL.DS.SETTINGS
seconds
ATZ MODE
[0000... 9999]
UNIT ID IP2... 3
IP address [0.0.0.0]
SERVER2... 3 IP
[1... 65535]
CHIME
0 | [1... 12]
0:OFF or 1-12
DISABLE | ENABLE
MS SETTINGS
SERVER2... 3 PORT
ACCOUNT
PROTOCOL2... 3
TCP | UDP
[0000... 9999]
[0... 255]
IP2... 3 ATTEMPTS
DELAY LAST ATTEMPT
seconds [0... 65535]
TEST PERIOD2... 3
MS MODE
[0... 65535]
DISABLE | ENABLE
DATA MESSAGES 1
DISABLE | ENABLE
BURGLR ALM/REST EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
MAIN POWER L/R EV
PARTIAL ARM EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
BATTERY FAILED
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
SMS MESSAGES 1
SYS ARMED EVENT
SMS REPORT
SMS TO ALL
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
PA/SIL ALM/REST EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
SYSTEM STARTED EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
ARM/DARM DURESS EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
ARM/DARM SGS EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV
SMS REPORT
KEYPAD FAIL/REST
GPRS CONNECT FAIL
BATTERY FAILED
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM CONNECT FAILED
SMS TO ALL
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DATE/TIME NOT SET
GSM ANT FAIL/REST
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SIREN FAIL/REST EV
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
ARM/DARM STAY EV
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DATA MESSAGES 2
MAIN POWER L/R EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
WLESS SIGN L/R EV
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
TEMP HIGH EVENTMISS
GENERAL ALARM EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
LOW BATTERY EVENT
TEMP LOW EVENT
SMS TO ALL
DISABLE | ENABLE
FIRE ALM/REST EV
SYS DISARMED EVENT
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
24H ALM/REST EVENT
ZONE BYPASS EV
Continued in next page
CO SENS LFTIME EXC
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
EN
151
SMS REPORT
BATTERY DEAD/MISS
DISABLE | ENABLE
iiii
MS SETTINGS
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
SMS MESSAGES 1
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
VOICE CALLS/SMS ST
[1... 10]
ATTEMPTS
SMS TO ALL
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3
SMS REPORT
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3
DISABLE | ENABLE
TEL NUMBER 1... 5
SERVER IP
SMS REPORT
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
[0.0.0.0]
IP address
DNS2
[0.0.0.0]
IP address
UNIT ID
TCP | UDP
[0... 255]
[0000... 9999]
TEST PERIOD
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
[1... 65535]
IP ATTEMPTS
SMS REPORT
IP address
DNS1
PROTOCOL
SMS TO ALL
GSM CONNECT FAILED
DISABLE | ENABLE
[0.0.0.0]
SERVER PORT
DATE/TIME NOT SET
DISABLE | ENABLE
15 digits
IP SETTINGS
SMS TO ALL
SMS MESSAGES 2
DISABLE | ENABLE
ttteeellnnuumm
[1... 10]
ATTEMPTS
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
15 digits
CSD SETTINGS
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
ttteeellnnuumm
SMS TO ALL
SIREN FAIL/REST EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
15 digits
[1... 10]
ATTEMPTS
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
ttteeellnnuumm
PSTN SETTINGS
LOW BATTERY EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
REPORT/CTRL TRIG
ARM/DARM STAY EV
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
[0... 65535]
seconds
PRIMARY CONNECTION
SMS TO ALL
IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN |
SMS | ELAN3-ALARM | N/A
SMS REPORT
BACKUP CONNECTION 1... 5
GSM ANT FAIL/REST
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
USING EPGM8
SMS REPORT
SERVICE MODE
TAMPER ALARM
DISABLE | ENABLE
IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN |
SMS | ELAN3-ALARM | N/A
GSM USER 1... 10
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
CLEAR TAMPER FAULT
RESET TO DEFAULT
uumm
SMS TO ALL
user or master code
SMS REPORT
Continued in next page
152
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
KEYPAD FAIL/REST
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
FAIL TO ARM SMS
GSM USER 1... 10
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
CO LEVEL CRITICAL
GSM USER 1... 10
SMS TO ALL
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
SMS REPORT
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
SYSTEM STARTED EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
GSM USER 1... 10
SMS TO ALL
GSM USER 1... 10
DISABLE | ENABLE
WLESS SIGN LOSS EV
SMS TO ALL
TEMP INFO EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE
SMS MESSAGES 2
PERIOD INFO SMS EV
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
REPORT/CTRL TRIG
GSM USER 1... 10
SMS TO ALL
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
SMS REPORT
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
ZONE BYPASS EV
GSM USER 1... 10
SMS TO ALL
SMS REPORT
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE
EN
153
32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Keypad
Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 32.1.2.1. LED Functionality).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer..
• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/
download
32.1.2.1. LED Functionality
ARMED
Steady ON - alarm system is armed / exit delay in progress; flashing - Configuration mode activated
READY
Steady ON - system is ready – no violated zones and tampers
SYSTEM
Steady ON - system faults; flashing - violated high-numbered zone (-s)
BYPS
Steady ON - zone bypass mode
1-12
Steady ON - violated zone Z1-Z12
32.1.2.2. Keys Functionality
[BYPS]
Bypass violated zone
[CODE]
System fault list / violated high-numbered
zone indication / violated tamper indication
[*]
Clear typed in characters
[#]
Confirm (enter) command
[0] ... [9]
Command typing
[1] ... [4]
Keypad partition switch / steady ON - armed
partition indication / flashing - violated partition indication
[0]
Simultaneous 4-partition arming
[STAY]
Manual system arming in Stay mode
[INST]
1st character for Configuration mode activation/deactivation command
FRONT SIDE
49
A
B
ARMED
READY
SYSTEM
1
BYPS
7
8
2
9
3
4
5
6
10
11
12
1
2
3
STAY
4
5
6
BYPS
7
8
9
INST
*
0
#
CODE
32.2.1-Wire Interface
1-Wire interface is used for the system to communicate with an iButton key reader and up to 8 temperature sensors. 1-Wire interface COM
and DATA terminals are ground and data respectively. When connecting single or multiple temperature sensors, the +5V terminal must be
used along.
For more details on 1-Wire device wiring, please refer to 2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer and 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and
iButton Key Reader.
32.3.Modules Interface
The system might be equipped with modules interface slots thus enabling to use one of the following devices at a time:
• EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the
latest user manual of the device located at www.eldes.lt/download)
• EA1 - audio output module (see 32.2.1. EA1 - Audio Output Module)
• EA2 - audio output module with amplifier (see 32.2.2. EA2 - Audio Output Module with Amplifier)
154
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
32.3.1. EA1 – Audio Output Module
EA1 audio output module enables a duplex audio connection for ESIM364 alarm system.
Main features:
•
Two-way voice conversation during a phone call;
• Possibility to connect headphones or desktop speakers.
32.3.1.1. Technical Specifications
• 3,5 mm female jack
• Dimensions: 35x33x12mm (1.38x1.30x0.47in)
32.3.1.2. Installation
1. Disconnect ESIM364 alarm system main power supply and backup battery.
S TA T
C4
C3
C2
C1
NE TW
50
GSM/GPRS ANT
C 4C 3
OPEN
W-LESS ANT
OPEN
2. Insert EA1 pins into appropriate ESIM364 alarm system slots.
G SM
MO DE M
DEF
ESIM364
EA1
FUSE F1
3A
PRG
USB
MODULES
TIP RING
AK U +
AK U -
AC /DC
AC /DC
AUX+
AUXBELL+
BELL-
CO M
G
Y
C2
C1
BU Z +
BU Z MIC +
M IC +5V
DAT A
CO M
Z6
CO M
Z5
Z4
CO M
Z3
Z2
CO M
Z1
3. Connect headphones or desktop speakers to EA1 3,5 mm female jack.
51
EA1
4. Power up ESIM364 alarm system.
5. EA1 is ready for use with ESIM364 alarm system.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
155
32.3.2.EA2 – Audio Output Module with Amplifier
EA2 audio output module enables a duplex audio connection for ESIM364 alarm system.
Main features:
• Two-way voice conversation during a phone call;
• Possibility to connect a speaker.
32.3.2.1. Technical Specifications
•
1W 8Ω audio amplifier
• Dimensions: 41x40x24mm (1.61x1.57x0.95in)
32.3.2.2.Installation
1. Disconnect ESIM364 alarm system main power supply and backup battery.
S TA T
C4
C3
C2
C1
NE TW
52
C 4C 3
OPEN
W-LESS ANT
OPEN
2. Insert EA2 pins into appropriate ESIM364 alarm system slots.
GSM/GPRS ANT
G SM
MO DE M
DEF
FUSE F1
3A
PRG
USB
ESIM364
MODULES
TIP RING
EA2
AK U +
AK U -
AC /DC
AC /DC
AUX+
AUXBELL+
BELL-
CO M
G
Y
C2
C1
BU Z +
BU Z MIC +
M IC +5V
DAT A
CO M
Z6
CO M
Z5
Z4
CO M
Z3
Z2
CO M
Z1
3. Connect a speaker to EA2 Speaker terminals.
53
EA2
4. Power up ESIM364 alarm system.
5. EA2 is ready for use with ESIM364 alarm system.
156
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
33.SERVICE MODE
The system comes equipped with Service mode allowing to carry out system maintenance tasks, such as detection device replacement,
tamper switch installation, wireless device battery replacement without causing zone or tamper alarm when Service mode is activated. To
activate/deactivate Service mode, please refer to the following configuration methods:
Activate Service
mode
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SERVICEMODE:ON
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SERVICEMODE:ON
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Deactivate Service
mode
Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:
67 1 #
Example: 671#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_SERVICEMODE:OFF
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SERVICEMODE::OFF
EKB2
Menu path:
OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:
67 0 #
Example: 670#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Alternatively, the Service mode automatically deactivates when 1-hour timeout period expires or after arming the system.
34.REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART
In some critical situations, a system restart may be required. To remotely carry out system restart, please refer to the following configuration method.
Restart the system
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_RESET
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_RESET
EN
157
35.EN 50131-1 GRADE 3
EN50131-1
GRADE 3
ESIM364 system complies with EN 50131-1 Grade 3 security standard requirements and comes equipped with the following
features:
• 6-digit SMS password, user/master and installer codes.
• Prompt for master and installer codes when configuring the system by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W keypad or ELDES Configuration
Tool software.
• System arming is blocked if any system fault exists. The user will not be able to arm the system until all existing system
faults are solved.
• System arming is blocked until tamper fault is cleared by the installer.
By default, the EN 50131-1 Grade 3 features are disabled. To enable them, please refer to the following configuration methods:
Set 6-digit format for SMS password,
user/master and installer codes
Config
Tool
Prompt for master and installer codes when
configuring the system by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W
keypad or ELDES Configuration Tool software
Config
Tool
Deny system arming if any system fault exists
Config
Tool
Clear tamper fault
EKB2
EKB3/
EKB3W
Config
Tool
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the
ELDES Configuration Tool software.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the
ELDES Configuration Tool software.
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the
ELDES Configuration Tool software.
Menu path:
OK → mmmmmm → OK → CONFIGURATION → OK → iiiiii → OK → CLEAR TAMPER FAULT → OK
Value: mmmmmm - 6-digit master code; iiiiii - 6-digit installer code.
Enter parameter 22:
22 #
Example: 22#
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool software.
NOTE: Before clearing a tamper fault using EKB3/EKB3W, it is necessary to activate the Configuration mode (see 5.3. EKB3/EKB3W
LED Keypad).
158
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
36.ELDES CLOUD SERVICES
ELDES Cloud Services is a cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and
control:
• Arm/disarm the system
• View system faults and alerts
• Monitor GSM signal strength, backup battery level and temperature
• Control electrical appliance connected to the PGM outputs
The connection with the platform can be established either via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM device and can be ac­
cessed via web browser and smart-phone application developed for Android and iOS-based devices (iPhone, iPad).
In order to start using ELDES Cloud Services platform, please enable it using the following configuration methods.
Enable ELDES Cloud
Services
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_SMART:ON
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART:ON
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool
software.
Once enabled, visit https://security.eldes.lt and create your personal account. Then log in to your ELDES Cloud Services account and add a
device by following the step-by-step instructions provided in ELDES Cloud Services website. When adding the device to your account, you
will be prompted for Cloud Services ID, which can be obtained using ELDES Configuration Tool software or by sending the following SMS
text message to the system’s phone number.
Request for ELDES
Cloud Services ID
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_SMART_ID
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART_ID
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool
software.
To disable ELDES Cloud Services, please refer to the following configuration methods.
Disble ELDES Cloud
Services
SMS
Config
Tool
SMS text message content:
ssss_SMART:OFF
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART:OFF
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration Tool
software.
ATTENTION: In case you DO NOT wish to use ELDES Cloud Services and your device is not associated with any ELDES Cloud Services
account, please DO NOT leave ELDES Cloud Services enabled. Otherwise additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell
phone service plan.
NOTE: Additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using ELDES Cloud Services platform.
NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services platform will remain operational even when using Automatic or Manual dual-SIM modes.
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
159
37.TECHNICAL SUPPORT
37.1. Troubleshooting
Indication
Possible reason
Indicator STAT is off
· No mains power
· Wiring done improperly
· Blown fuse
Indicator NETW is off or flashing
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
Missing SIM card
PIN code is enabled
SIM card is inactive
Disconnected antenna
GSM network signal too weak
GSM network unavailable
Microcontroller is not started due to electrical mains noise or static discharge
System does not send any SMS text messages
and/or does not ring
·
·
·
·
·
SIM card credit balance depleted
Incorrect SMS centre phone number
No GSM network signal
User number is not added (or control from anu phone number is disabled)
SIM card changed before disconnecting main power supply or backup battery
Received SMS text message “Wrong syntax”
· Incorrect SMS text message structure
· Extra space character might be typed in SMS text message
Missing temperature indication in Info SMS text
message/EKB2 keypad
· Temperature sensor not connected
· Temperature sensor broken
· Connection wires too long
24H and/or Fire zones do not work
· Specified zone must be enabled by SMS, ELDES Configuration Tool, EKB2, EKB3
or EKB3W
No sound during remote listening
· Microphone not connected
· Improper microphone connection
For product warranty repair service please , contact your local retail store where this product was purchased.
If your problem could not be fixed by the self-guide above, please contact your local distributor. More up to date information about your device
and other products can be found at the manufacturer’s website www.eldes.lt
37.2.Restoring Default Parameters
1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.
2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Power up the device for 7 seconds.
4. Power down the device.
5. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
6. Parameters restored to default.
37.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally
1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.
2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Connect the device via USB cable to the PC.
4. Power up the device.
5. The new window must pop-up where you will find the .bin file. Otherwise open My Computer and look for Boot Disk drive.
6. Delete the .bin file found in the drive.
7. Copy the new firmware .bin file to the very same window.
8. Power down the device.
9. Unplug USB cable.
10. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
11. Power up the device.
12. Firmware updated.
NOTE: It is strongly recommended to restore default parameters after the firmware update.
160
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
37.4.Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely
ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while updating the firmware remotely via GPRS network. All
data messages will be lost and will NOT be transmitted to the monitoring station after the firmware upgrade process is over.
Before updating the firmware remotely via GPRS connection, make sure that:
• SIM card is inserted into SIM CARD1 slot of ESIM364 device (see 2.2. Main Unit, LED and Connector Functionality).
• Mobile internet service (GPRS) is enabled on the SIM card.
• Power supply is connected to ESIM364.
• Default SMS password is changed to a new 4-digit password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE).
• At least User 1 phone number is set up (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS).
• APN, user name and password are set up (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM).
Initiate FOTA
ESIM364 alarm system supports FOTA (firmware-over-the-air) feature. This allows to upgrade the firmware remotely via GPRS connection. Once the upgrade process is initiated, the system connects to the
specified FTP server address where the firmware file is hosted and begins downloading and re-flashing
the firmware. The firmware file must be located in a folder titled Firmware. In order to initiate the upgrade process please , send the following SMS message.
SMS
SMS text message content:
ssss_FOTA:ftp-server-ip,port,firmware-file-name.bin,user-name,password
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password; ftp-server-io - public IP address of FTP server where
EPIR firmware file is stored; port - port number of FTP server (usually - 21); firmware-filename.bin - name of the firmware file, allowed max. length - up to 31 character; user-name
- user name of FTP server login, allowed max. length - up to 31 character; password password of FTP server login, allowed max. length - up to 31 character.
Example: 1111_FOTA:84.15.143.111,21,esim364fw.bin,eldesuser,eldespassword
ATTENTION: Firmware filename MUST be renamed in lowercase format before using it.
ATTENTION: Comma and underscore character is NOT allowed to use in user name, password and firmware file name.
ATTENTION: “ELDES UAB” does not run a FTP server and does not host the firmware files online. Please, contact your local distributor to
request the latest firmware file.
NOTE: It is strongly recommended to restore default parameters after the firmware update.
37.5.Frequently Asked Questions
Question
Answer
Yes, ESIM364 device can fully operate without any SIM card inserted. In this case
1. Can ESIM364 operate as standalone device without SIM
you will not be able to configure and control the device by SMS and calls nor to
card inserted?
receive any SMS reports and calls.
Due to security reasons it is recommended to restore the violated zone (-s)
2. I am unable to arm the alarm system when one of the
before arming the alarm system. However, you can enable a Force attribute
zones (some zones) is violated. Is there a way to arm the or use the Bypass feature in order to arm the alarm system despite the vioalarm system while the zone is violated?
lated zone (-s) being present. Please, refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions
and 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
3. When ESIM364 fully powers down my configuration
This might have happened due to the jumper left on DEF pins or it is a hardbecomes lost and I have to re-configure the device
ware failure. Please, remove the jumper if it is present on DEF pins or contact
again. What’s wrong?
your supplier for warranty service.
If the smoke detector is connected to one of the ESIM364 PGM outputs
4. I have a smoke detector connected to ESIM364 system. you can reset it by turning the PGM output OFF and then back ON. This
How do I reset the smoke detector when the “Fire” zone can be performed by SMS, EKB2 keypad, EKB3 keypad, EKB3W keypad and
is violated?
ELDES Configuration Tool software. Please, refer to 18.4. Turning PGM
Outputs ON and OFF.
5. What happens if I switch backup battery pole terminals Switching backup battery pole terminals places is forbidden. Otherwise this
places?
will lead to blown fuse and ESIM364 alarm system will have to be repaired.
The SMS reports on tamper violation can be disabled by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W
6. How do I disable SMS reports and calls in case of tamper
keypads or ELDES Configuration Tool software. For mor details, please refer
violation when alarm system is disarmed?
to 16. TAMPERS or to the software’s HELP section. However, due to security
reasons it is not recommended to disable this feature.
7. Is any additional configuration necessary when conNo additional configuration is required in order to make EPGM1 module
necting EPGM1 module after wiring is done accroding to
operational.
EPGM1 user manual?
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
161
Question
8. Does the number of EPGM1 zones duplicate when ATZ
mode is activated in the system?
9. I connect the wired siren to ESIM364 and I hear a silent
sound alarm even when the alarm system is disarmed.
In case of alarm system alarm the siren provides a loud
sound alarm as it should. Why?
10. I am using Windows operating system. The windows
of ELDES Configuration Tool are not fully displayed and
some parts are like cut-off. What’s wrong?
11. The buzzer remains active when I disarm the alarm
system using the keypad. Why?
Answer
No, the number of EPGM1 zones does not duplicate in ATZ mode as EPGM1
module does not support ATZ mode. Only ESIM364 zones duplicate in ATZ
mode.
Please, connect the resistor of 3,3 kΩ nominal to the BELL- / BELL+ contacts
This should solve the problem.
Please, update ELDES Configuration Tool software by visiting www.eldes.lt/
en/download and downloading the latest version.
The buzzer is intended for iButton indication only and it is not related to
disarming process by keypad.
This happens due to wireless connection loss. There might be several reasons:
1. ELDES wireless device is installed too close or too far from ESIM364
12. One of wireless devices connected to ESIM364 system
system.
sends a tamper alarm from time to time, although no
2. Interference of other electronic equipment.
tamper was violated. Why?
3. Physical interference (building walls, floors etc.)
4. Metal material interference.
13. I have connected a wired magnetic door sensor, but
This happens due to incorrect resistor connection. Please, refer to correI receive tamper alarm instead of zone alarm. What’s
sponding connection circuit according to the selected zone connection type
wrong?
(Type 1 – 5). See 2.3.2 Zone Connection Types for more details.
By default, this notification is enabled. The system checks the backup battery
14. I disconnected the backup battery, but did not receive
resistance once a day and sends an SMS report to User 1 on backup battery
any SMS report on this event. How do I enable SMS
replacement if more than 2Ω resistance is detected. For more details, please
report on backup battery disconnection?
refer to 21. BACKUP BATTERY, Mains power STATUS MONITORING AND
MEMORY.
Every time an SMS text message is sent to the user, the system must “know” that
the message was successfully delivered. The only way to partly disable the SMS
15. When I check system SIM card credit balance I see a lot
delivery report (for alarm notifications only) is to enable alarm SMS notifications
of SMS delivery confirmation reports. How do I disable
to all users. This is useful when having only User1 phone number set up, as in case
SMS delivery confirmation ESIM364 system?
of alarm the system sends the alarm SMS text message to all listed users simultaneously, but does not require any SMS delivery report.
According to GSM standards 1 SMS text message may consist of up to 160
16. I have set zone names and/or PGM output names con- Latin alphabet/English characters maximum. If the message contains at
taining some Cyrillic and/or non-English characters. least one non-latin/non-English character, the length of SMS message beThe zone names and PGM output names do not fully fit comes at least half shorter, since those characters occupy more size of the
in the SMS message. What‘s wrong?
SMS text message than the Latin ones. It is recommended not to use any
non-Latin/ non-English characters in zone names and PGM output names.
17. The configuration of added wireless keyfob EWK1 to
ELDES Configuration Tool version is too old. Please, update it.
ESIM364 system is not visible in ELDES Configuration
Tool. What‘s wrong?
Microsoft .NET Framework v3.5 is not installed in Windows system. Please,
18. I am unable to run ELDES Configuration Tool - I receive
download this package from official Microsoft website free of charge and
error messages in Windows. Why?
install it to your Windows system.
19. Info SMS report comes with wrong date and time. How
do I correct it?
20. I receive an error message when attempting to configure the device or update the firmware remotely. Whats
wrong?
Please, set the correct system date and time using either ELDES Configuration Tool, EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W or SMS text message.
It appears that the device is unable to establish a communication with configuration / FTP server. Please, check the GPRS settings in ESIM364
configuration (APN, user name, password), the location of the firmware
..bin file (must be located in the FTP server folder titled Firmware) and
the mobile internet feature presence on the SIM card used with ESIM364.
If this does not solve the problem, please contact your GSM operator (and
ISP - for remote configuration problems) in order to request a list of blocked
TCP ports.
1. Send the ssss_endconfig SMS text message.
2. In ELDES Configuration Tool software press Disconnect button and repeat
the procedure as described in 5.4.1. Remote Connection.
21. I waited for at least 5 minutes, but did not receive any
SMS message confirming that remote configuration via
GPRS connection has stopped. What‘s wrong?
22. The SMS password is changed and I have User 1 phone
Most likely you have wrong character encoding set up in your SMS text mesnumber added. However, whenever I send a text mes­
saging settings on your smart-phone. Please, ensure that you have GSM
sage, such as ssss INFO the system always replies with
Alphabet selected, NOT Unicode or any other type of character encoding.
„Wrong password“. What‘s wrong?
162
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
38.RELATED PRODUCTS
EKB2 - LCD keypad
EKB3 - LED keypad
ME1 - metal cabinet
EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module
EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module
EA1 - audio output module
EA2 - audio output module with amplifier
DS1990A-F5 - iButton key
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
163
164
EN
DS18S20 - temperature sensor
ED1T - plastic enclosure with iButton key reader
and temperature sensor
EWS2 - wireless external siren
EWK1 - wireless keyfob
EWF1 - wireless smoke detector
EWF1CO – wireless smoke and CO detector
EKB3W – wireless LED keypad
EWK2 - wireless keyfob
EWD2 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EWS3 - wireless indoor siren
EWR2 - wireless signal repeater
EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module
EWK2A - wireless keyfob
EWP2 - wireless motion detector
Vinson DS18B20 - digital thermometer
with 3m (9.84ft) wire
ESR100 - digital receiver
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
EN
165
166
EN
MANUAL ELDES ESIM364 v1.8
Made in the European Union
www.eldes.lt
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement